Home

caution - GM Canada

1. ABS Motor ABS Solenoid Airbag Display Auxiliary Power Fuses Usage BATT 1 BATT 2 BATT 3 BATT 4 COMPASS Engine Control Module ECM ECM IGN Ignition ECM Transmission Control ECM TCM Module TCM EMISSIONS 1 EMISSIONS 2 ETC ECM FAN 1 FAN 2 FOGLAMPS FUEL PUMP HORN HVAC INJ 1 INJ 2 LT HI BEAM Driver Side High Beam Headlamps LT LOBEAM Driver Side Low Beam Headlamp Passenger Side High Beam RT HI BEAM Headlamp Passenger Side Low Beam RT LO BEAM Headlamp STRTR TRANS Windshield Wipers Windshield Washers Regulated WSW RVC1 Voltage Control Relays Usage 5 103 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Capacities and Specifications For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Cooling System Including Reservoir Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a 5 104 Capacities and Specifications cont d Application OO o Fuel Tank 3 8L V6 Engine with NU6 emissions 17 0 gal 64 4 L 3 8L V6 Engine without NU6 emissions 17 5 gal 66 2 L 5 3L V8 Engine 17 5 gal 66 2 L Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill 7 4 qt 7 0L Wheel Nut Torque 100 Ib ft 140 N
2. If you use remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal airbag If the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate 3 34 If the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag If after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 33 for more information including important safety information Charging System Light This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The light should go out once the engine starts If it stays on or comes
3. A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q what is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase t
4. 0 5 60 Inflation Tire Pressure 5 63 Tire Pressure Monitor System 0eeeeeees 5 64 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 00 5 66 Tire Inspection and Rotation 5 69 When It Is Time for New Tires accan 5 70 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Buying NeW Ties siccntesccnctesatineseamonntbaanoens Different Size Tires and Wheels 0060 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeeeeeees Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Tine CHAINS cess eiacitueeigesncausoncwesbeeedaateagtearncene If a Tire Goes Flaen cc ceeeeeeeeeeeee teense teens Changing a Flat Tire cceeeeeeeeeee eee eeee eens Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tile cacacct debossecantcnnccda statancamcdaeneeageds Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Super Only ccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeaeens Compact Spare Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes Appearance Care c ceceeeeeeenee eee eee renee Interior Cleaning 1 02 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee eee eeeeeeeees Fabric Carpet o ccctecaccacescsncsnenteneaensesemuciieneanoaes OATS sreza ods aho ie a a Ea Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES orrei anian EN ESAIN EENE E Care of Safety Belts cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes We atherstripsS oi ccsaciicncersetna
5. 3 18 Rear Assist Handle Reading Lamps 3 18 Electric Power Management ccecce 3 18 Battery Run Down Protection o ae 3 19 Accessory Power Outlet S c eeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 4 3 21 Climate Controls ees 3 21 Climate Control System ceceeeeeeeeee eee eeeee 3 21 Dual Automatic Climate Control System 3 24 Outlet Adjustment ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee es 3 28 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 29 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 30 Instrument Panel Cluster ceeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 31 Speedometer and Odometer 6 00eeee 3 32 Tachometer fisccceetaviatssccsaraidiagateuneeeapenceaae 3 32 Safety Belt Reminders eceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 32 Airbag Readiness Light ceeeeeeeeeee eee es 3 33 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 34 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeee eee 3 35 Brake System Warning Light eeee 3 35 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light 3 36 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light 3 37 Enhanced Traction System Warning Light 3 37 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 38 Driver Information Center DIC 3 47 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 6 3 38 DIC
6. 0seeeeeeee 3 56 Hazard Warning Flashers ccce 3 6 Safety and Symbols cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee eenes iii Washer Fluid Low Warning Light 3 45 13 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ee 5 75 Different SiZ siccsesvite svineceaetti eae eennstaayeeias 5 73 Replacement io a ccistiden caus st teesis ou iais ducts 5 76 Where to Put the Restraint ce eeeeeee ees 1 40 WINdOWS arenorna ai e N N O A eas 2 14 POWT sutras ited onien a E a 2 15 Windshield Replacement irre nonea oann asidan 5 54 Washer cic ciscticesaccreetiin cone sitave ds eiiie netia 3 9 Washer FIUIG 22 i cciesiaiteresieeadacedetieetineicienis 5 36 Wiper Blade Replacement c ee 5 54 Wiper Blades Cleaning c ceeeeeeeeeees 5 94 Wiper FUSES ianus musei di ad cease oa n iae dunes 5 98 WIETS saiusponnennnn sana a n 3 9 Winter DIVINO eresas eeni ER 4 17 14 XM Radio Messages cscceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerees 3 98 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 113 Your Vehicle and the Environment 00 6 2
7. ccccceeee 2 37 Electrical System oo eee ccc cc ec ee eee ee ee eee es 5 98 OnStar System oo eeeeecccceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 39 Capacities and Specifications 5 104 Universal Home Remote System _ 2 42 Maintenance Schedule s ccsececeeeceeeeeeees 6 1 Storage Areas siscardichecen riS ES 2 47 Maintenance Schedule laannan cc ceccccccnccece 6 2 SUMON retene ae a 2 48 Customer Assistance Information 7 Instrument Panel c a 3 1 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Instrument Panel Overview _ 0 ccceeeeeeeees 3 4 Reporting Safety Defects ooooococcccccccccccccceeces 7 14 Climate Controls EAE E Sum Ride diate T N 3 21 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy AEAEE 7 16 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators BOP ppdex eiectncsasts sccsnchecinaaintadstasaeasnesiaconaccncncndass 1 Driver Information Center DIC 3 47 Audio SysteMm S ooo cc ec ccc ccc ec eee eeneceeneneenenes 3 82 GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem BUICK the BUICK Emblem and the name ALLURE are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed GM reserves the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Buick Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual This ma
8. Press and hold the newly trained Universal Home Remote button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on continuously the programming is complete and your garage door should move when the Universal Home Remote button is pressed and released You do not need to continue the programming Steps 7 through 9 and can stop here If the Universal Home Remote indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with the programming Steps 7 through 9 It may be helpful to have another person available to assist with the remaining steps Sap canoe orc 18 After Steps 1 through 6 have been completed locate inside the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer 8 Firmly press and release the Learn or Smart button After you press this button you will have 30 seconds to complete Step 9 9 Immediately return to the vehicle Firmly press and hold the Universal Home Remote button chosen in Step 4 to control the garage door for two seconds and then release it If the garage door does not move press and hold the same button a second time for two seconds and then release it Again if the door does not move press and hold the same button a third time for two seconds and then release The Universal Home Remote should now ac
9. The Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 5 improves vehicle stability during hard stops on a slippery roads but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement Allow greater following distance on any slippery road and watch for slippery spots Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas The surface of a Curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice Turn off cruise control if equipped on slippery surfaces Blizzard Conditions CAUTION Continued Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby If possible j i use the Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 e Open a window about two inches 5 cm on To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind to bring in fresh air Fully open the air outlets on or under the e Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting A CAUTION that circulates the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle This may cause exhaust gases to get inside Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause e Turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 See Climate Control System in the Index For mo
10. The automatic door lock feature cannot be disabled Programmable Automatic Door Unlock The vehicle s doors are programmed from the factory to unlock when the shift lever is moved into PARK P On vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC there are different programming options for unlocking the doors automatically See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 Rear Door Security Locks Rear door security locks prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door The rear doors must be opened to access them To assist in finding the lock the vehicle has the following i To use the lock 1 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door 3 Do the same for the other rear door To open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter if the vehicle has one the power door lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position 3 Do the same for the other rear door Lockout Protection The lockout protection feature makes it more difficult to lo
11. e Do not tow a trailer when the outside temperature is above 100 F 38 C Three important considerations have to do with weight e the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue e and the total weight on the vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how the rig is used For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight Ask your dealer retailer for trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 6 for more information 4 29 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross weight of the vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo carried
12. 00 6cccciset seine teeeteneseeen 3 45 Highway Hypnosis cceeeeeeeeeenee esate eee eeeees 4 15 Hill and Mountain Roads e 4 16 Hood Checking Things Under 0 ec eeeeeeeeee ee 5 10 Release iasis scant tiesin Micaiae ianen Nna Ra 5 11 FIOM ciceccat o a E E EERE EE 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 14 IQnhItiON POSITIONS siiciecisraciecoledaesdannmntiens restates 2 21 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 33 Inflation Tire Pressure ccce 5 63 Instrument Panel BriGhtt Ss arriscaria 3 16 CIUSION E E tha yea tienes adisiele dese 3 31 OVEIVIEW sii iocdchasiauhednouisd aE EE Ena G 3 4 Interior LAMPS 12 0 cckeieiseandeeccecteliees neatiebeenn nate 3 16 JUMP Starting ccceeeeeeeeee cece iain 5 42 Keyless Entry System ccceccececeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 SCEE T 2 2 Labeling Tire Sidewall cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 56 Lamp Malfunction Indicator ceeeeceeeeeeeeee tees 3 40 Lamps COUMESY sccseesicsletedivieis nasties ieee heeds 3 16 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 068 3 15 Overhead Console Reading e ceeeeeeee 3 18 Rear Assist Handle Reading eee 3 18 Lap Beli pannon meern a NNE 1 28 Lap Shoulder Belt cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 22 LATCH System for Child Restraints 0 1 42 License Plate Lamps sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Ligh
13. 3 Say the name tag of the person to call e If the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number e If the system is unsure it recognizes the right name tag it confirms the name tag followed by a tone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number If the name tag is not correct say No The system will ask for the name tag to be re entered Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers 3 106 Using the Re dial Command 1 Press and hold X for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Re dial The system responds with Re dial using lt phone name gt and dials the last number called from the connected Bluetooth phone Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers Receiving a Call When an incoming call is received the audio system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle Press amp X and begin speaking to answer the call e Press CO V to ignore a call Call Waiting Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work Press amp X to answer an incoming call when another call is active The original call is placed on hold Press X again to return to the original call
14. Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash the vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice Using strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because they could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice Driving the vehicle through an automatic car wash that
15. StabiliTrak Systemi cessisse riai 4 6 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccccecee eee eee eee eeeeeeenees 5 22 Transmission Operation Automatic 5 2 26 TUNK di cent nothieie teased geinunpoumeltsdethencinetyeeaeieten 2 12 Trunk Ajar Light c2cciec cseeseiiategiei iets eats tack 3 45 Turn and Lane Change Signals c eeeeeeeee 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever eceeeeeeeeee ee 3 7 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 2 37 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeee eres 5 73 Universal Home Remote System 6 eeeeees 2 42 ODGFALlOM sesioen EER 2 43 Vehicle CONO parrea E E ES 4 3 Loadig siesancd tans desi sees vatdentan nied iaia Eaa 4 20 Running While Parked ceceeeeeeee eee eee es 2 34 Service Soon Light c ceceeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 46 SYMONS s o cai dade rscurnscnmcecradonuntedeensarcaatnemeaakens iv Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 16 Vehicle Identification Number VIN scrire ma n na e aaan 5 97 Service Parts Identification Label 5 97 Vehicle Personalization PN eee E nee pains ec sei ee savas ane acleee cee 3 74 Vehicle Remote Start cccccecececeaeeeeeeeenees 2 7 Ventilation Adjustment eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 3 28 MISOIS meseis sinana a EA 2 16 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 30 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages
16. is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE ABS SYSTEM This message displays when the Antilock Brake System ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible The antilock brake system warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 3 36 This message only displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 68 SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays when a problem with the brake system has been detected Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible The brake system warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 35 This message only d
17. Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 05 5 93 Fabric Garpet va icsisicetevastianetvecseteizenaiteareas 5 91 Finish Care inc ceossccteactnetetaceenatincveacedenceeenboencs 5 94 Finish Damage ccvieieerecdien on eee 5 96 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES dersane noaee tea aa ae 5 92 Interior Cleaning erisso enn 5 89 leather srera ea a 5 91 Sheet Metal Damage eceeeeeeeneeeeen tees 5 96 TOS ise eis sacs secede ce sd oadiacs te aa a eS 5 96 Underbody Maintenance 5 96 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 93 Weatherstlips scienee aenea erai ee nse 5 92 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0 5 94 Appointments Scheduling Service 0 7 10 ASNUAY encoir sonan E EEN 3 21 Audio System cee nirassiineag iara eaat 3 82 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0 0 3 110 Backglass Antenna ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 113 Chime Level Adjustment c eeeeeeeeee es 3 113 Radio Reception ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 112 Setting the Clock lt lt c2cs c cscsssseseteenssveeessaseeecess 3 82 Theft Deterrent Feature eeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 110 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 113 Audio System S cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeneeeees 3 83 Automatic Door LOCK isansa einen pienine 2 10 Automatic Transmission Fluid saone e E a E E ARE 5 22 Operatiom eas ainnean tand nae aia 2 26 Backglass An
18. If the vehicle has a steering column shift lever use this procedure to shift the vehicle into P Park 1 Hold the brake pedal down 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by pulling the shift lever toward you and moving it up as far as it will go 3 With your foot still holding the brake pedal down set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 29 for more information 4 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 5 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand the vehicle is in P Park Console Shift Lever If the vehicle is equipped with a console shift lever Leaving the Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with use this procedure to shift the vehicle into P Park 1 Hold the brake pedal down 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle and then to the left 2 30 the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in P Park and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it See Parking Brake on page 2 29 fo
19. Passenger Side similar The roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof rail airbags by routing a rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked 1 57 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly you
20. Press to select an equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization is set while a CD is played See EQ listed previously for more information If an EQ setting is selected for a CD it is activated each time a CD is played A Eject Press to eject a CD Eject is activated while either the ignition or radio is off CDs can be loaded while the ignition and radio is off if this button is pressed first Playing an MP3 CD R Disc The vehicle s radio may have the MP3 CD R disc capability feature For more information see Using an MP3 on page 3 95 later in this section 3 92 Using List Mode The Six Disc CD player has a feature called song list This feature is capable of saving 20 track selections To save tracks into the song list feature 1 Turn the CD player on and load it with at least one CD See LOAD listed previously in this section for more information 2 Check to see that the CD player is not in song list mode LIST should not display If LIST is displayed press the LIST button to turn it off 3 Select the desired CD by pressing the numbered pushbutton and then use the arrow to locate the track to be saved The track begins to play 4 Press and hold the LIST button to save the track into memory When LIST is pressed one beep sounds immediately After two seconds of continuously pressing the LIST button TRACK ADD displays and two beeps sound to confirm the track has been saved 5 Repe
21. Restart the vehicle If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer If the Off Indicator is Lit for an If this happens use the following steps to allow the Adult Size Occupant system to detect that person and enable the right front passenger frontal airbag 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 3 Place the seatback in the fully upright position 4 Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with legs comfortably extended 5 Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat 1 65 Additional Factors Affecting System Operation Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat cov
22. TIRE PRESSURE displays This mode shows the pressure for the front tires To view the pressure for the rear tires press the gages button again until REAR TIRE PRESSURE displays The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa If a low tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information If the tire pressure display shows dashes or blanks instead of a value there may be a problem with your vehicle If this consistently occurs see your dealer retailer for service Option Menu Items Uplevel Only i Option Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Units Press the option button until UNITS displays This mode allows you to select between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this mode press the set reset button to select between ENGLISH or METRIC units Language Press the option button until the language screen displays This mode allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Once in this mode press the set reset button to select among the following choices e English e Francais French e Espanol Spanish Personalization Press the option button until PERSONAL PROGRAM displays Your vehicle may have perso
23. This position locks the ignition It also locks the transmission This is the only position in which the ignition key can be inserted or removed 2 21 The steering can bind with the wheels turned off center If this happens move the steering wheel from left to right while turning the key to ACC ACCESSORY If this doesn t work then the vehicle needs service B ACC ACCESSORY This is the position in which you can operate the radio and windshield wipers while the engine is off To use ACC ACCESSORY turn the key clockwise C ON RUN This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument panel cluster warning and indicator lights The switch stays in this position when the engine is running If you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off the battery could be drained You may not be able to start the vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time 2 22 D START This is the position that starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch returns to ON RUN for driving A warning chime will sound and the Driver Information Center DIC will display DRIVER S DOOR AJAR when the driver door is opened the ignition is in ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF and the key is in the ignition See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle acces
24. To turn off the warning light and or chime remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt Airbag Readiness Light The system checks the airbag s electrical system for possible malfunctions If the light stays on it indicates there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 53 The airbag readiness light flashes for a few seconds when the engine is started If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving it means the airbag system might not be working properly The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury have the vehicle serviced right away If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message can also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information 3 33 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has the passenger sensing system The instrument panel has a has a passenger airbag status indicator When the vehicle is started the passenger airbag status indicator will light the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check
25. adjust the temperature if necessary Do not cover the solar sensor located in the center of the instrument panel near the windshield For more information on the solar sensor see Sensors later in this section Press OFF to turn the climate control system off Only the rear defog and heated seats will function Press AUTO or any other button except the heated seats or rear defog to turn the climate control system back on This control has four types of operation Automatic can set change the temperature only AUTO and temperature only will appear on the display Semi Automatic Fan can set change the temperature and mode The fan operates automatically The temperature and mode will appear on the display Semi Automatic Mode can set change the temperature and fan speed The mode operates automatically The fan speed and temperature will appear on the display Manual can set change the temperature mode and fan The fan speed temperature and mode will appear on the display 3 25 For vehicles with the remote start feature the climate control system automatically regulates the inside temperature of the vehicle when the remote start system is activated Normal operation and the last setting of the climate control system will return after the key is turned on Manual Operation During daylight hours the instrument panel brightness control might need to be adjusted to the highest setting in order to see the ind
26. and push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash 1 6 Center Seat Your vehicle may have a front center seat There are cupholders on the underside of the seat cushion To use them raise the seat cushion In the upright position the armrest acts as a back support for the front row bench seat This seat can also be converted to a storage area by lowering the armrest See Center Console Storage on page 2 47 Rear Seats Split Folding Rear Seat If your vehicle has this feature both sides of the rear seatback can be folded down This gives direct access to the trunk Make sure the front seats are not reclined If they are the rear seatback s may not fold down all the way Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat To lower the rear seatback pull the tab located on the outboard side of the seatback and fold the seatback forward 1 8 A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked To raise the
27. dipstick back in all the way 5 23 Cooling System The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature PB en FXO WN 3 8L V6 Engine A Coolant Recovery Tank B Radiator Pressure Cap C Electric Engine Cooling Fans 5 24 A Pressure Cap 5 3L V8 Engine B Electric Engine Cooling Fans C Coolant Recovery Tank A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle Engine Coolant The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain
28. or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall
29. security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The FCC Grant of Equipment Authorization Certificate number is CB2SAHL3 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The Canadian Registration ID number is 2791021849A Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System Operation If there is one triangular Light Emitting Diode LED indicator light above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions below This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home automation devices Do not use the Universal Home Remote with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 Read the instructions completely before attem
30. than two seconds SCAN or SCN displays and the radio beeps once The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds and then goes to the next station Press either arrow again or one of the pushbuttons to stop scanning presets To scan preset stations press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds PSCAN or PSC displays and the radio beeps twice The radio goes to a preset station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next preset station Press either arrow again or one of the pushbuttons to stop scanning presets The radio seeks and scans stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band SCAN On the radio with six disc CD press until SC displays The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds and then goes to the next station Press again to stop scanning stations The radio scans stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band INFO Information XM Satellite Radio Service Only The vehicle s radio may have an INFO button If the current station on the radio has a message the information symbol displays Press to see the message If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message appears every three seconds To manually scroll through the message press and release the INFO button When a message is not available from a station NO INFO displays 3 85 Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 six AM six XM1 and six XM2 can be
31. the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All
32. you could get a ae shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some O positive or to a remote positive terminal if basic things you should know Positive will go to lt the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy P CY ELC unpainted metal engine part or to a remote pe fel ell es negative terminal if the vehicle has one eee z T l Notice If you connect a negative cable to the bracket or any cables that attach to the ECM Engine Control Module ECM ECM mounting 0 0 in bracket you may damage the ECM Attach the negative cable to a heavy unpainted metal engine part other than the ECM ECM bracket or cables 3 8L V6 Engine attached to the ECM bracket Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 5 45 9 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine
33. 3 20 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle nice tsseiceveehe een E EE emcees 1 67 Additives Fuel c cccccceceeceeceeteeeeteeeeeeneees 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment eeeeeeeeee es 5 98 Air Cleaner Filter Engine eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 20 Air Conditioning cceceeeeceeeeeeeeeees 3 21 3 24 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator eeeeeeeeees 3 34 Readiness Light cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 3 33 Airbag SVSIGM c caccecccicdscheetagesabete st ecbacoasoteaedae 1 53 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle cine etena ro eiaa SERY 1 67 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeeee 1 60 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeeees 1 62 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 66 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 6 1 59 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 60 When Should an Airbag Inflate 0 1 58 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 56 Antenna Backglass 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 113 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna SYSTEM areenan pupii iaeaea Taaa 3 113 Antilock Brake System ABS iaces 4 5 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 36 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 95 Care of Safety Belts cc ceceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 92 Chemical Paint Spotting ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 96
34. 3 46 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 113 Low Fuel Warning Light s ssssssssssrsrsrsessnnnne 3 47 Chime Level Adjustment c ccccceseeeeee 3 113 Check Gas Cap Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 47 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview 3 4 The main components of the instrument panel are the following A B G QOmmod i Outlet Adjustment on page 3 28 Interior Lamps on page 3 16 Exterior Lamps on page 3 13 Fog Lamps on page 3 15 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Cruise Control on page 3 10 Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 31 DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 48 If Equipped and Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 34 Audio System s on page 3 82 ZSrxnc Oo vO D Hood Release on page 5 11 Parking Brake on page 2 29 Tilt Wheel on page 3 6 Horn on page 3 6 Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 110 If Equipped Shift Lever See Shifting Into Park on page 2 29 Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 20 Climate Control System on page 3 21 or Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 24 Glove Box on page 2 47 Hazard Warning Flashers Tilt Wheel A f If the vehicle has a tilt wheel the steering wheel can be A Hazard Warning Flasher Press this b
35. 5136 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee 7 15 Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm
36. DIC feature and remote vehicle start was installed at the dealer retailer you will need to have the dealer retailer enable or disable the system Doors and Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock the vehicle From the outside turn the key in the driver s door lock cylinder briefly counterclockwise to unlock the Door Locks driver s door Turn and hold it to unlock all the doors You can also use the remote keyless entry transmitter From the inside use the manual or power door locks A CAUTION Power Door Locks Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily a To lock or unlock all doors open the doors and fall out of a moving ap from inside the vehicle vehicle When a door is locked the handle HOLD use the power door will not open it You increase the chance of lock switch located on being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if either front door armrest the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Driver s side shown reyes P ee ea stop Press the bottom of the switch to lock all doors your vehicle Locking your doors can help Press the top of the switch to unlock all doors prevent this from
37. Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical ti
38. If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means that there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap and remove it 3 Fill the cooling system with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant on page 5 25 Engine Coolant Engine Coolant for more information about the proper coolant mixture Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine and the compartment 5 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the COLD FILL line 6 Install the coolant recovery tank cap and the pressure cap After a day or two of driving when the engine is cold check the coolant level in the recovery tank If it is low refill it to the COLD FILL line If the coolant in the recovery tank is constantly low you should have a dealer retailer service department inspect the vehicle for leaks 5 31 Radiator Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The radiator pressure cap is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured See Engine Compartment
39. Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 32 Engine Overheating The vehicle has several indicators to warn of engine overheating There is a coolant temperature gage and a warning light on the instrument panel cluster that indicate an overheated engine condition See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 38 and Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 38 for more information In addition if your vehicle is equipped with a Driver Information Center DIC you will find an ENGINE COOLANT HOT and a REDUCED POWER STOP WHEN SAFE message displayed on the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information You may decide not to lift the hood when this warning appears but instead get service help right away See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 If you do decide to lift the hood make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface Then check to see if the engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice If the engine catches fire while driving with no coolant the vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 35 for information on driving to a
40. Owner Center ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eea eens 7 5 OnStar Privacy 0cccceccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 18 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 39 Operation Universal Home Remote System 2 43 Outlet Adjustment ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeees 3 28 Outlets Accessory POWGM sic sainciwewenpemeestncnteniaetenduene 3 20 Outside Convex Mirror ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 36 Heated MIMOTS 2 0 0 2 0cicendiaetee bese reedsncateaeenies 2 36 Power Mirrors 2 ececeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 36 Overhead Console Reading Lamps 0 3 18 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 35 Owner Checks and Services ceeeeeeeeee eee 6 8 Owners Canadian c ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees ii Paint Damage seiseanan a a RATA 5 96 Park Shifting IMO correire ona eeoa 2 29 Shifting QUN Ofset niia inoa eoude RES 2 31 Park Aid ccccecseceeeceeeeece eee eee eeeeeneeeeeneeneeaees 2 37 Park Brake sissioni ee e eaea 2 29 Parking ASSIST oraire nee wi A e Ee 2 37 Over Things That Burn cceeeeeeeeeneee tenes 2 32 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 005 3 34 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 29 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeneee ees 1 62 PASSING S E E sakes 4 11 PASS KEY Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 18 PASS Key III Electronic Immobilize
41. Press and hold the appropriate Universal Home Remote button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Operation can only occur with the vehicle in ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN and until 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons Erase the programmed buttons when you sell or terminate your lease To erase all programmed buttons on the Universal Home Remote device 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button To reprogram any of the three Universal Home Remote buttons repeat the programming instructions earlier in this section beginning with Step 3 For help or information on the Universal Home Remote System call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 6 Storage Areas Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it Cupholders Cupholders may be built into the front center console front portion of the front center seat and rear armrest of the vehicle Center Console Storage If your vehicle has a five passenger console the center console has a padded cover that can be used as an armrest Lift the armrest cover to access a storage bin with a coin holder and a CD holder Located under the cover is a card clip If your vehicle h
42. The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun The recirculation mode will also be activated as necessary Do not cover the solar sensor located in the center of the instrument panel near the windshield or the system will not work properly Outlet Adjustment Use the thumbwheels located between the center outlets to open and close the outlets Move the lever in the center of each air outlet to adjust the direction of the airflow 3 28 Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into the vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively e This vehicle has a passenger compartment air filter If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting it may need to be replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 29 Passenger Compartment Air Filter The passenger compartment air filter is located in the engine compartment below the air inlet grille near the passenger s side windshield wiper arm See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 The filter traps most of the pollen from the air entering the air conditioning module The filter needs to be changed periodically to keep the air conditio
43. The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power and may also upshift the transmission to limit wheel spin The system may be heard or felt while it is working but this is normal The TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE message on the Driver Information Center DIC will be displayed when the system is limiting wheel spin If cruise control is being used when ETS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control automatically disengages The cruise control can be reengaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information ETS operates in all transmission shift lever positions But the system can upshift the transmission only as high as the chosen shift lever position so use the lower gears only when necessary See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 26 for more information This warning light along with the TRACTION CONTROL OFF message will display briefly on the DIC when ETS is not on If there is a problem with the system the SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM message will also come on in the DIC When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions ETS should always be left on But the system can be turned off if needed ETS should be turned off if the vehicle ever gets stuck in s
44. Washer Fluid on page 5 36 Battery on page 5 41 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 100 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 42 Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 29 Pressure Cap See Pressure Cap on page 5 32 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 35 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 22 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 38 Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Engine Coolant Recovery Tank See Cooling System on page 5 24 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remov
45. When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 5 37 Brakes Do not top off the brake fluid Adding fluid does not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings Brake Fluid are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake The brake master cylinder hydraulic system reservoir is filled with DOT 3 DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment 3 Overview on page 5 12 for AN CAUTION the location of the reservoir If too much brake fluid is added it can spill on the engine and burn if the engine is hot enough You m or others could be burned and the vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down When the brake fluid fall
46. Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 and Tires on page 5 55 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle If your vehicle has the uplevel Driver Information Center DIC A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are e One ofthe road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor e The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS
47. aE 3 16 Peneter ce cccdoveavemag ebay senate ncsGoneavemerneas eecey 3 18 Theater Dimming sorpena e aA 3 17 Lights Exterior Lamps sarao e OA 3 13 Flash to P aS Seienn onna eon nT 3 8 High Low Beam Changer eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 8 Intenor Lamps decciescccaie noitien EEA 3 16 Loading Your Vehicle eseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 20 Lockout Protect s2ccscksa cites tssdeddeeceectur shes vate 2 11 Locks Automatic Door LOCK ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeen es 2 10 Delayed Locking esime erriei nn inasi 2 10 DOOF Sneen E E tteegsess 2 9 Lockout Protection ceceeeeeereeeeeeeeeees 2 11 POWGP DOOM imceine reana inte 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeee tees 2 11 Loss Of Control cecenii een eeeeeneeeeeneees 4 11 Low Coolant Warning Light eeeeeeeeeeees 3 39 Low Fuel Warning Light eeeeeeeeeee eee 3 47 Low Washer Fluid Warning Light 3 45 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 42 Lumbar Power Controls ssnc cscesas ietsateen dieecssaddeaaewccdiess 1 3 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ceeeeeeeee es 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill ccccccccceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeees 6 8 At Least Once a Month ccccccececeeeeeees 6 9 At Least Once a Year cccc cece cecee cece ee eeeeeees 6 9 Introd ctioni ee ccciineisinnernree snaek 6 2 M
48. age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle 1 33 A CAUTION Never do this Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle Due to crash forces an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force ona person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint 1 34 A CAUTION Never do this Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflate
49. also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but the vehicle s acceleration could be slightly reduced and you might notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you might notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you could damage the engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If the vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 40 If this
50. anchor 2 2 Open the top tether anchor cover to expose the anchor 2 3 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the headrest or head restraint If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 1 47 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1
51. be checked when to check it and what can easily be done to help keep the vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 17 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 When the vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance When the change engine oil light or CHANGE OIL SOON DIC message displays service is required for the vehicle Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally service the vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the light or message appears ce
52. code This code helps identify the vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Engine Specifications under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 104 for your vehicle s engine code Service Parts Identification Label This label is in the trunk It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle 5 97 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to the vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain the vehicle battery even if the vehicle is not operating The vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 66 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuit breaker An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go on and off or in some cases to remain off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away 5 98 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circu
53. cover or the spare could be damaged 5 85 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Super Only A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place 5 86 After the compact spare tire has been installed on the vehicle store the flat tire in the trunk When storing a full size tire use the extension with the protector located in the foam holder to help avoid wheel surface damage To store a full size tire 1 Install the tools in their original location in the trunk area and secure 2 Place the tire valve stem facing down and the protector guide placed through a wheel bolt hole 3 Remove the protector and attach the retainer securely 4 Store the cover as far forward as possible When storing a compact spare tire in the trunk put the protector back in the foam holder When storing the compact spare tire the tire must be stored valve stem down The compact spare is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 89 Use this as a guide for storing the compact spare tire and tools Compact Spare Tire 5 87 Full Size Flat Tire 5 88 A B C D E E G H Retainer Full Size Flat Tire Protective Guide Extension Bolt Screw Win
54. diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 40 The vehicle may also have a check gas cap warning light which displays on the instrument panel cluster if the fuel cap is not properly installed See Check Gas Cap Light on page 3 47 for more information If the vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC the CHECK GAS CAP message displays if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage the fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 40 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Di
55. drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Recycle it by taking it toa place that collects used oil Engine Air Cleaner Filter The engine air cleaner filter is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 5 20 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter do the following 3 8L V6 Engine 5 3L V8 Engine Lift the filter cover tabs on top of the engine air cleaner filter housing Push the filter cover housing toward the engine Pull out the filter Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter 5 To reinstall the cover position the tabs through the slots on the housing If your veh
56. e Ifthe system is unsure it recognizes the phone number it responds with Store and repeats the number followed by Please say yes or no If the number is correct say Yes If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered After the system stores the phone number it responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone 5 Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK e If the name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 e If the name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu Using the Digit Store Command The digit store command allows a phone number to be stored by entering the digits individually 1 Press and hold X for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Digit Store The system responds with Please say the first digit to store followed by a tone 3 Say the first digit to be stored The system will repeat back the digit it heard followed by a tone Continue entering digits until the number to be stored is complete e If an unwanted number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the last number e To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system say V
57. e To ignore the incoming call continue with the original call with no action Press CX V to disconnect the current call and switch to the call on hold Three Way Calling Three Way Calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work 1 While on a call press X The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Three way call The system responds with Three way call please say dial or call 3 Use the dial or call command to dial the number of the third party to be called 4 Once the call is connected press X to link all the callers together Ending a Call Press V to end a call Muting a Call During a call all sounds from inside the vehicle can be muted so that the person on the other end of the call cannot hear them To Mute a call 1 Press X The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Mute Call The system responds with Call muted To Cancel Mute 1 Press X The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Mute Call The system responds with Resuming call Transferring a Call Audio can be transferred between the in vehicle Bluetooth system and the cell phone 3 107 To Transfer Audio to the Cell Phone During a call with the audio in the vehicle 1 Press X The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Transfer
58. enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required 7 10 Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the dealer s area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service
59. erste eee eeaeeeeenes 5 24 Courtesy Lamps sisipsipin 3 16 Cruise Control serahin daana G 3 10 Cruise Control Light cisaniieisinserneneserceinnanoes 3 44 GuphOlderS sirrreinnsriienar terien EEEL EEA 2 47 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation eeeeeeeeeeeee tees 7 10 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users e eseeeeeeeeeees 7 6 Customer Assistance Offices 0 eeeeeeeeees 7 6 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 06 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 7 Customer Assistance Information cont Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government seeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government eeeeeeee 7 14 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeee es 7 7 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 15 D Daytime Running Lamps Automatic Headlamp SYSTE ea a E S R 3 14 Defensive Driving eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Delayed Entry Lighting cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Delayed Exit Lighting ceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Delayed Locking csceeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 10 DIC COMPASS usri nanara a ieee 3 54 DISC MPS aena a E E E E E T 3 95 Doing Your Own Service Work seesecececececsee 5 4 Door Ajar Ligt 22 cceiedscinintday dn disciii
60. front passenger frontal airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 34 1 63 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on may inflate the right front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build E
61. has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes 5 95 Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop 5 96 Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed cor
62. i and system information CAUTION Continued 2 37 How the System Works URPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved into R Reverse The rear display will then briefly illuminate to let you know the system is working URPA operates only at speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h If the vehicle is above this speed the red light on the rear display will flash To be detected objects must be at least 10 inches 25 4 cm off the ground and below trunk level Objects must also be within 5 feet 1 5 m from the rear bumper This distance may be less during warmer or humid weather A single beep will sound the first time an object is detected between 20 inches 0 5 m and 5 feet 1 5 m away Repeated beeping will occur when you are closer than 20 inches 0 5 m from the object The following describes what will occur with the URPA display as the vehicle gets closer to a detected object Description English Metric amber amber red lights continuous beep amber amber red lights flashing and continuous beep 2 38 When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly e The ultrasonic sensors are not clean a red URPA display light may illuminate when the vehicle is in R Reverse Keep the rear bumper free of mud dirt snow ice and slush For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 93 e Atrailer was attached to the vehicle or a bicycle or an object was hanging out of the trunk durin
63. in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on CHARGING SYSTEM FAILURE This message displays when there is a problem with the generator and battery charging systems Driving with this problem could drain the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Have the electrical system checked by your dealer retailer immediately This message displays and a chime sounds while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 57 CHECK GAS CAP This message may display if the fuel cap is not on or is not fully tightened The check gas cap light also appears on the instrument panel cluster Se
64. in and out 3 112 XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage may cause interference with the vehicle s radio This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference causes an increased level of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio unplug the cellular phone and turn it off Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception For proper radio reception the antenna connector needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass If a cellular telephone antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that the grid lines for the AM FM antenna are not damaged There is enough space between the grid lines to attach a cellular
65. in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If there are a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in the vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight the vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow If towing a trailer the tongue load must be added to the GVW because the vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 for more information about the vehicle s maximum load capacity 4 30 Using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After loading the trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on the Vehicle s Tires Be sure the vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires These numbers can be found on the Certification Tire label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Make sure not to go over the GVW limit for the vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why the right hitch is needed Here are some rules to follow The rear bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a fr
66. in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 67 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then check the safety belt reminder light safety belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are all working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job See your dealer retailer to have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 32 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 92 1 68 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is wo
67. interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service 1 61 Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when the vehicle is started The symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you are using remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the symbol for on or off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 34 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver airbag and roof rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system 1 62 The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not According to accident statistics children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for the
68. it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on the vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel 5 76 Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has P225 55R17 or P235 50R18 size tires do not use tire chains there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a
69. its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing child restraint settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in rear facing child restraints A CAUTION A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints Child Restraint Systems A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 1 37 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATC
70. lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 1 26 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly 1 27 Lap Belt This part is only for the lap belt To learn how to wear a lap shoulder belt see Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 22 You vehicle may have a center seating position When you sit in the center front seating position you have a lap safety belt which has
71. may not be available until the owner of the vehicle registers with OnStar After the first prepaid year contact OnStar to select a monthly or annual subscription payment plan If a payment plan is not selected the OnStar system and all services including airbag notification and emergency services may be deactivated and no longer available For more information visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada or press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Not all OnStar services are available on all vehicles To check if this vehicle is able to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in the glove box or visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week 2 39 OnStar Services Available with the Safe amp Sound Plan Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostic Email GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 trial minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only OnStar Services Included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound P
72. or kilometers since the last reset for each trip odometer Both trip odometers can be used at the same time The display will show the odometer on the top line and the trip odometer information either A or B on the bottom line Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by briefly pressing the set reset button on vehicles with the uplevel DIC or by briefly pressing and holding the trip odometer button on vehicles with the base level DIC while the desired trip odometer is displayed 3 49 There is also a retroactive trip odometer function that performs the following for each trip odometer e If the vehicle s speed has exceeded 3 mph 5 km h during the current ignition cycle this function will set the trip odometer to the distance driven during the current ignition cycle e Ifthe vehicle s speed has not exceeded 3 mph 5 km h this function will set the trip odometer to the distance driven during the previous ignition cycle plus the distance driven during the current ignition cycle Press and hold the set reset button on vehicles with the uplevel DIC or the trip odometer button on vehicles with the base level DIC for three seconds then release the button The retroactive trip odometer value will be set into the currently displayed trip odometer Time Elapsed Uplevel Only Press the trip odometer button until TIME ELAPSED 00 displays This mode is like a stopwatch in that you can clock the time it takes to get
73. panel for the right front passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear the vehicle is started along the headliner or trim 1 53 Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Also airbags are not designed to deploy in every crash In some crashes safety belts are your only restraint See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 58 Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 54 A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if
74. permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control the vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of the vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 8 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 4 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 35 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time Actually doing it is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between the vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is p
75. properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 78 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training If a jack is provided with the vehicle it is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack If a jack is provided with the vehicle only use it for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving s
76. rear of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 1 Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel 2 Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again ADD iPT SL_K 3 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be in the crosshatched area 4 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the crosshatched area on the dipstick 1 Pull out the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid earlier in this section 4 When the correct fluid level is obtained push the
77. rear seatback lift the seatback up until it latches Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked in position The seatbacks should be kept in the upright locked position when they are not being used to extend the cargo area Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly It also describes some things not to do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly In a crash if you or your passenger s are not wearing safety belts the injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from the vehicle You and your passenger s can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 32 for additional information In most states and in all Canadian p
78. resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However in the United States if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you can file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 dr bbb org goauto This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motor
79. rules Many of these are important for the safety of the driver and the passengers So please read this section carefully before pulling a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission axles wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Pulling A Trailer Here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure the rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1600 km the new vehicle is driven The engine transmission or other parts could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that a trailer is towed do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on the vehicle s parts
80. safe place in an emergency If Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop the engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 35 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 33 If No Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle e Climbs a long hill on a hot day e Stops after high speed driving e Idles for long periods in traffic e Tows a trailer If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam 1 Turn the air off 2 Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed Open the windows as necessary 5 34 3 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in N Neutral while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to P Park or N Neutral and le
81. scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of the CD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism Notice f a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section Using an MP3 MP3 CD R Disc MP3 Format If you burn an MP3 d
82. similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 39 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeeee 5 3 Accessory Power Outlets eeeeeeeeeeeeees
83. state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt until the child passes the below fit test e Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 22 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for length of trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat If you have the choice a child should sit in a position with a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide 1 30 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal
84. steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If the traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If the vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough the vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until the vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Antilock Brake System ABS helps avoid only
85. telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window may damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear radio reception If the vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Chime Level Adjustment The radio is used to adjust the vehicle s chime level To change the volume level of the chime press and hold pushbutton 6 with the ignition on and the radio power off The volume level will change from the normal level to loud and LOUD will appear on the radio display To change back to the default or normal setting press and hold pushbutton 6 again The volume level will change from the loud level to normal and NORMAL will appear on the radio display Removing the radio and not replacing it with a factory radio or chime module will disable ve
86. the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Label Example Certification Label later in this section SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage a and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That 1 Locate the statement The combined weight weight aay mgt eately exceed the available of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard HPN ngage lada capacity calculates 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load and passengers that will be riding in your from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle vehicle Consult this manual to determine how 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver this reduces the available cargo and luggage and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs load capacity for your vehicle 4 The resulting figure equals the available If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Trailer on page 4 28 for important information For example if the XXX amount equals on towing a trailer towing
87. the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px always are accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files and the empty folder does not display 3 96 No Folder If a CD has no folder only compressed files or playlists are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions have no function on a CD that is recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks are played in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist e lf the CD does not contain any playlists then play begins from the first track under the root directory When all tracks from the root directory have played play continues from files according to their numerical listing After playing the last track from the last folder play begins again at the first track of the first folder or root directory When play enters a new folder the display does not automatical
88. the vehicle in gear when going downhill e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Driving on Snow or Ice Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road creating less traction or grip Wet ice can occur at about 32 F 0 C when freezing rain begins to fall resulting in even less traction Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand Drive with caution whatever the condition Accelerate gently so traction is not lost Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick so there is even less traction Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more If the vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 8 it improves the ability to accelerate on slippery roads but slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions When driving through deep snow turn off the traction system to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds
89. transmitter one time while any door is open Two chimes will sound to signal that delayed locking is active The doors may be locked immediately by repeating one of the above actions more than one time If a door remains open without any other door being opened or closed the vehicle will lock after about 45 seconds If a key is in the ignition this feature will not lock the doors See Delayed Locking on page 2 10 for more information Press the option button until DELAYED LOCKING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no delayed locking of the vehicle s doors ON default The locking of the vehicle s doors will be delayed by five seconds while a door is open after a power door lock switch is pressed or the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed while a door is open To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 77 CONTENT THEFT If your vehicle has the content theft deterrent system once this feature is turned on the system will activate if someone tries to enter the vehicle without using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or the correct key Press the option button until CONTENT THEFT appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings OFF The content theft deterrent system will be tu
90. unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are in a crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and infants If a child will be riding in the vehicle see Older Children on page 1 29 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 33 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statis
91. very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is ina crash that person s chance of being killed or
92. weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 4 25 Towing Towing Your Vehicle To avoid damage the disabled vehicle should be towed with all four wheels off the ground Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly 4 26 Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing e What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e What is the distance that will be travelled Some vehicles have restr
93. with the fuel gage a condition exists that At the gas station the pump shuts off before the requires the vehicle to gage reads full be taken in for service e It takes more or less fuel to fill up than the gage reads For example the gage reads half full but it took more or less than half of the tank s capacity to fill it e The gage pointer may move while cornering braking or accelerating e The gage may not indicate empty when the ignition is turned off The fuel gage indicates about how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition is on When the indicator nears empty there is still a little fuel left but you should get more fuel soon An arrow on the fuel gage indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on Low Fuel Warning Light Your vehicle may have a low fuel light It is a circle located on the fuel gage and will come on and a chime will sound periodically when the vehicle is low on fuel The light will go off when fuel is added to the fuel tank It will also come on for a few seconds when the ignition is turned on as a check to indicate it is working If it does not come on then have it fixed For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC a LOW FUEL message will appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information Check Gas Cap Light If your vehicle has this light it will come on if your gas cap is not securely fastened See Malfunction Ind
94. with your XM Subscription package CH Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Info No artist song title category or text information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Locked The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having the vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there may be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Chk XMRevr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Bluetooth Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth capable cell phone with a Hands Free Profile to make and receive phone calls The system can be used while the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 30 ft 9 1 m Not all phones support all functions and
95. you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with roof rail airbags There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s The system checks the airbag electrical system for safety belt system nor its airbag system is malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical designed for them Young children and infants problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 33 need the protection that a child restraint system for more information can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 29 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 33 1 55 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger side The driver frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 56 i P e Driver Side shown
96. you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash if the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 33 1 69 42 NOTES 1 70 Section 2 Features and Controls E E cane de cacienspeatan ee ase cacennoenerey eet 2 2 Engine Coolant Heater ceeeeeeeneee eee ees 2 24 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Active Fuel Management 2 c eeeeee ees 2 25 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Automatic Transmission Operation 5 2 26 Operations t issesi canine ere reae aeea 2 4 Parking Brake wise siccmneuies cddviese ddagies veteancenenty 2 29 Remote Vehicle Start c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 7 Shifting Into Park eeaeee arante 2 29 Doors and Locks i 2 9 Shifting Out of Park c 2 cceinseesetsetioneiemeaks 2 31 Door LOCKS iiciin annann aaa NEN 2 9 Parking Over Things That Burn 26 2 32 Power Door LOCKS cececcceccceccce cece cece cece cece cceeeceees 2 9 Engine Exhaust keresre Meresteeneertereterteennnsareeeet 2 33 Delayed Locking cccccccscseseeeeeesseenseensees 2 10 Running the Vehicle While Parked 2 34 Automatic Door LOCK ceeeeeeeeee oroen 2 10 MINPONS ccs cactueestne heen a 2 35 Programmable Automatic Doo
97. zone in which the vehicle is traveling To adjust for compass variance use the following procedure Compass Variance Zone Procedure 1 Do not set the compass zone when the vehicle is moving Only set it when the vehicle is in Park P Press the option button until COMPASS ZONE displays 3 54 Find the vehicle s current location and variance zone number on the map Zones 1 through 15 are available Press the set reset button to scroll through and select the appropriate variance zone Press the trip or fuel button until the vehicle heading for example N for North is displayed in the DIC If calibration is necessary calibrate the compass See Compass Calibration Procedure following Compass Calibration The compass can be manually calibrated Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically clean and safe location such as an open parking lot where driving the vehicle in circles is not a danger It is suggested to calibrate away from tall buildings utility wires manhole covers or other industrial structures if possible If CAL should ever appear in the DIC display the compass should be calibrated If the DIC display does not show a heading for example N for North or the heading does not change after making turns there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic CB or cell phone antenna m
98. 0 Audio Steering Wheel Controls Vehicles with audio steering wheel controls could differ depending on the vehicle s options Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel A Next Press to go to the next radio station The radio seeks stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band To scan stations press and hold A for two seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station play for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press again to stop scanning While a CD is playing press A to go to the next track V Previous Press to go to the previous radio station The radio seeks stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band To scan stations press and hold CS Y for two seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station play for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press CS V again to stop scanning While a CD is playing press V to go to the previous track CX Phone on Hook Press to reject an incoming call or end a current call amp X Push to Talk Mute Press to silence the vehicle speakers only Press again or any other radio button to turn the sound on For vehicles with OnStar or Bluetooth systems press and hold amp XX for longer than two seconds to interact with those systems See OnStar System on page 2 39 and Bluetooth on page 3 99 in this manual for more information BAND Press to switch between F
99. 2009 Buick Allure Owner Manual M Seats and Restraint System 008 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle 0cceeseeeeeeeeees 4 1 Front S ats ised rec ercana aeaa E iia 1 2 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle __ 4 2 Rear Seats oo ccccc ec cec eee ee eee eeeeneeeenenes 1 8 TOWING sessionerna e E a 4 26 Safety Bells siera EE Ea 1 9 Service and Appearance CANE A E 5 1 Child Restraints mesmiemnusiiriciisiiaeni 1 29 eTO E E E 5 3 Airbag System o ssnsnsnssnsnerrrrererererrerererrnne 1 53 FOC eseme a EE rae 5 5 Restraint System Check sseeesereereeeen 1 68 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Features and Controls 0 0ccccececeeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 Headlamp AiMINg oo cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeeeees 5 47 Keys lt diaiendsleceseandmecmmgeteeteg anea E EEEE 2 2 Bulb Replacement ocsssisusisrireneeniensseiis 5 50 Doors and LOCKS oo eee cece ec ec cece eeeeeeeeaenenes 2 9 Windshield Replacement _ 000ee 5 54 WINDOWS gt ernea ionn E OEE 2 14 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 54 Theft Deterrent Systems oo eee cece eee eee neces 2 16 Tires sacaseuvotsieeiyedvigavectacndvedenesdivecdelasyer ices 5 55 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 21 Appearance Care oo eee ccc ecccc eee ce eee eenen eens 5 89 MIMOS eenias ae aan O EE 2 35 Vehicle Identification oo eee eeeeeeeeeee eee eres 5 97 Object Detection Systems _
100. 42 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If the child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 48 If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder
101. 9 for more information This message displays and a chime sounds only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 70 SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS this message displays if a part on the TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 39 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 66 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the conditi
102. ACTORY DEFAULTS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings NO default The customization and personalization features will not be set to their factory default settings YES The customization and personalization features will be set to their factory default settings To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 75 ALL KEYS WILL BE RESET This screen will only display if YES was selected on the FACTORY DEFAULTS screen Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings CANCEL default The features will not be set to their factory default settings and the DIC will return to the PERSONAL PROGRAM menu OK The features will be set to their factory default settings the DIC will exit the personal program menu and PERSONAL OPTIONS SAVED will display EXT Exterior LIGHT DELAY This feature allows you to set the amount of time the exterior lamps remain on after the key is removed from the ignition or the vehicle is unlocked using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Press the option button until EXT LIGHT DELAY appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lamps will not turn on 15 seconds The exterior lamps will stay on for 15 seconds 30 seconds default The exterior lamps will sta
103. C ACCESSORY or ON RUN and until 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off From inside the vehicle press and hold down the two outside buttons at the same time releasing only when the Universal Home Remote indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds This step will erase the factory settings or all previously programmed buttons Do not hold down the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat this step to program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons Hold the end of your hand held transmitter about 1 to 3 inches 3 to 8 cm away from the Universal Home Remote buttons while keeping the indicator light in view The hand held transmitter was supplied by the manufacturer of your garage door opener receiver motor head unit 2 44 At the same time press and hold both the Universal Home Remote button that you would like to use to control the garage door and the hand held transmitter button Do not release the Universal Home Remote button or the hand held transmitter button until Step 5 has been completed Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to substitute Step 4 with the procedure noted in Gate Operator and Canadian Programming later in this section The indicator light on the Universal Home Remote will flash slowly at first and then rapidly after Universal Home Remote successfully receives the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons
104. Call The system responds with Transferring call and the audio will switch from the vehicle to the cell phone To Transfer Audio to the In Vehicle Bluetooth System The cellular phone must be paired and connected with the Bluetooth system before a call can be transferred The connection process can take up to two minutes after the key is turned to the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position During a call with the audio on the cell phone press amp X for more than two seconds The audio switches from the cell phone to the vehicle 3 108 Voice Pass Thru Voice Pass Thru allows access to the voice recognition commands on the cell phone See the cell phone manufacturers user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature This feature can be used to verbally access contacts stored in the cell phone 1 Press and hold X for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Voice The system responds with OK accessing lt phone name gt e The cell phone s normal prompt messages will go through its cycle according to the phone s operating instructions Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTMF Tones The in vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers and numbers stored as name tags during a call This is used when calling a menu driven phone system Account numbers can be programmed into the p
105. Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however th
106. GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 71 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire gra
107. H system following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 38 To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint Z CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Secure the child properly following the inst
108. H system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 42 Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rot
109. However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice This vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by the vehicle warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fir
110. IC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 5 32 for more information This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot The engine coolant temperature warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 38 and Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 38 for more information To avoid added strain on the engine turn off the air conditioner if it is on When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioner can be turned back on This message displays only when the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds continuously when this message is displayed Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen 3 60 This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on HEADLAMPS SUGGESTED This message displays when the amount of available light outside of the vehicle is low or the windshield wipers have been on for about 30 seconds and the exterior lamps control is off or in the parking lamps position This message informs the driver that turni
111. ION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low The engine can become so hot that it catches fire Someone could be burned Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil Change Engine Oil Light Z Sp If this light comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 and Engine Oil on page 5 15 for more information After having the oil changed you will need to reset the light See Engine Oil on page 5 15 for more information If this light is blinking a chime will sound indicating low engine oil 3 43 Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 17 Cruise Control Light The cruise control light comes on whenever the a cruise control is set The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information 3 44 Reduced Engine Power Light KS If the reduced engine power light is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while the reduced engine power ligh
112. If a child restraint is secured using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when the vehicle is started See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 34 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 51 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Position the release button on the b
113. Inc on the World Wide Web at helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags ina crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is desi
114. M1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 1 6 Preset Pushbuttons Press to play stations that are programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio seeks preset stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band When a CD is playing in the six disc CD changer press this button to go to the next available CD if multiple CDs are loaded 1 4 Volume Press to increase or to decrease the volume 3 111 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Although the radio has a built in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference some static can occur especially around tall buildings or hills causing the sound to fade
115. Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of the leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss ina non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather 5 91 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of the interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on the instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions 5 92 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts It may severel
116. Messages on page 3 56 for all brake related DIC messages Traction Control System TCS Warning Light Your vehicle has a Traction Control System TCS warning light If this warning light comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TCS and if your vehicle has this feature the StabiliTrak system The TCS warning light will come on briefly when the engine is started If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem This light will also come on when the traction control button is pressed disabling the system If the TCS warning light stays on or comes on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off then back on If the light still stays on or comes back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the traction control system and if your vehicle has this feature the StabiliTrak system inspected as soon as possible See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information Enhanced Traction System Warning Light For vehicles with the Enhanced Traction System ETS this light may come on for the following reasons e If the traction control button located on the instrument panel is pressed turning the system off This light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on press the button again and the
117. N the shift lever is in P Park D j e The ignition key should come out only in When you are doing this inspection the vehicle LOCK OFF could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough Transmission P Park Mechanism room around the vehicle It should be parked on a Check level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 229 A CAUTION Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out When you are doing this check the vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is of P Park with normal effort If the shift lever room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll moves out of P Park contact your dealer retailer Be ready to apply the regular brake at once for service should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and the transmission in N Neutral slowly remove foot pressure from the regular bra
118. Operation and Displays ceeeeeeeees 3 48 Low Coolant Warning Light eee 3 39 DIC Compass Uplevel Only ceeeeeeeeees 3 54 Tire Pressure Light ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 39 DIC Warnings and Messages 0e0eeeee 3 56 Malfunction Indicator Lamp seeeeee 3 40 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0 0ceeee 3 74 Oil Pressure Light s ssssssssssstssrnsrnnrnntnnnnns 3 42 Audio System s cccccccccssesseeeeeeseseseesees 3 82 Change Engine Oil Light 0 ieee 3 43 Setting the CIOCK aciecccecetaea scat ede nec cecueaea locas 3 82 Security Light 1 eee 3 44 SOL ae loerenn ous aA aaa t oie 3 83 Cruise Control Light cee 3 44 Using AINE Sie oe etacchsecteceieetp aaa caceeeet 3 95 Reduced Engine Power Light sssee 3 44 XM Radio Messages 0000sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 98 Highbeam On Light ssseeeeeeeteeeiees 3 45 Bluetooth sapera re nes ne i e 3 99 Low Washer Fluid Warning Light 4 3 45 Theft Deterrent Feature ccceeeeeeeeeees 3 110 Door Ajar Light E C AA E E ita ueatanmeas Ste 3 45 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 00 c0 c00 3 110 Trunk Ajar Light Ce ee aca 3 45 Radio Reception c ccceceseseseseeseseseseees 3 112 Service Vehicle Soon Light eee 3 46 Backglass Antenna 0 eee 3 113 Fuel Gage keserse beestttettintistittnttntntenttntnntntet
119. PASS Key III to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice The vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Donot tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions The ignition switch has four different positions To shift out of P Park the ignition must be in ON RUN and the brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key Use the correct key make sure it is all the way in and turn it only with your hand If the key cannot be turned by hand see your dealer retailer A LOCK OFF
120. Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section as ee inspect engine cooing system Seetoomoe i Mo inspect winer blades See foainote SSSSSCSCSCS S SSC inspect restraint system components See ootnale l F Lubricate body components See foomo o F Check ransmission fui level and add fuid as neede f F Replace passenger compartment air titer See oomo 0 inspect rone system Seefoomoteg Do Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services A 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80 000 KELO 000 La 000 2000 000 esac 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks oe gt Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Change automatic oo fluid and filter normal service Engine TT system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up bindi
121. ROL OFF If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message displays any time the system turns off When this message has been displayed StabiliTrak is no longer available to assist you with directional control of the vehicle Adjust your driving accordingly See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 3 72 This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN Any of the following conditions may cause the StabiliTrak system to turn off e The system is turned off by pressing and holding the traction control button for five seconds See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 e The battery is low e There is a StabiliTrak system failure See your dealer retailer for service STARTING DISABLED This message displays if the starting of the engine is disabled due to the electronic throttle control system or vehicle theft deterrent system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately This message only appears while the ignition is in ON RUN and will not disappear until the problem is resolved This message cannot be acknowledged TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE This message displays when the traction system is on Slippery road conditions may exist if this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 8 for more information This message only displays while the ignition is in ON RUN and will not disappear until driving c
122. Sensor Matching Process later in this section e One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service e Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 71 e Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light comes on and stays on 5 67 TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors may also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressu
123. Y or LOCK OFF This message cannot be acknowledged This message disappears and the chiming stops when the key is removed from the ignition LEFT FRONT TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the left front turn signal bulb needs to be replaced This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 62 LEFT REAR TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the left rear turn signal bulb needs to be replaced See Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps on page 5 50 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on LOW BRAKE FLUID This message displays w
124. acement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 66 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 5 65 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in t
125. acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on OIL LEVEL LOW ADD OIL On some vehicles this message displays when the vehicle s engine oil is low Fill the oil to the proper level as soon as possible See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the engine oil fill location Also see Engine Oil on page 5 15 for information on the kind of oil to use and the proper oil level 3 64 PARKING BRAKE ON This message displays to alert the driver when the vehicle s parking brake is on the ignition is in ON RUN and the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph 8 km h Release the parking brake before driving See Parking Brake on page 2 29 for more information The brake system warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 35 A chime sounds continuously while this message is displayed if driving above 5 mph 8 km h Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when t
126. acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE VEHICLE SOON This message displays when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 71 STABILITY CONTROL ACTIVE If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message displays when StabiliTrak is actively assisting you with directional control of the vehicle Slippery road conditions may exist when this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN This message stays on until road conditions change and StabiliTrak is not active This message cannot be acknowledged and cleared from the screen STABILITY CONT
127. act spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 89 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 78 5 57 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 5 58 E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications m
128. act the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 58 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 60 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 59 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it preve
129. aintenance Footnotes ccccceceeeeeeeeeenees 6 7 Maintenance Record cccceeeee eee eeeeeeeees 6 15 Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 13 Maintenance Requirements i c 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 0ccceeeeeeeees 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 11 Scheduled Maintenance cccccceeeeeeeeeee 6 4 USIN Seacetehedat aaa heats E N 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp n se 3 40 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 56 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview eccere 2 35 Manual Rearview Mirror ccceeeeeeeeeeee 2 35 Outside Convex Mirror ccccceceeeeeeeee eens 2 36 Outside Heated Mirrors cccccceeeee seen eens 2 36 Outside Power Mirrors ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeee 2 36 MIP Se meane arta ir aSa 3 95 MYGMLINK COM jcc3scctts csasiieeecapisss iandtcnacneeerentendy 7 5 N Navigation System Privacy seeeeeeeee eee ees 7 18 New Vehicle Break In ececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 21 OdOMGIER erroreren a as eed bere 3 32 Off Road Recovery ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teers 4 11 Oil Change Engine Oil Light eeeeeeeeeee ee 3 43 ENGINE siideri aeia senaia aa eE E E 5 15 Pressure Light serria seenen a date 3 42 Oil Engine Oil Life System 5 18 Older Children Restraints cccceceeeeeee es 1 29 Online
130. allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for more information Press the option button until REMOTE START appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings OFF The remote start feature will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Personalization Menu Items The following are personalization features that allow you to program setting for up to two drivers PERSONALIZE KEY This feature allows you to personalize a key to be recognized as key 1 or 2 A personalized key allows you to program personalization features to a preferred setting to correspond to key 1 or 2 If you are using a key that has already been personalized this screen will not display Press the option button until PERSONALIZE KEY appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings NO default The key will not be personalized YES The key will be personalized To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 79 REPLACE KEY This screen displays only if YES was selected for the PERSONALIZE KEY feature keys 1 and 2 have
131. already been personalized and the current key being used is not key 1 or 2 This feature allows you to program a key to be recognized as key 1 or 2 in the event that the previously programmed key needs to be replaced 1 The key will be programmed to be recognized as key 1 2 The key will be programmed to be recognized as key 2 CANCEL default The key will not be programmed RADIO STATIONS PERSONALIZED This screen displays only if YES was selected for the PERSONALIZE KEY feature This feature allows you to set the radio station presets to be recognized for the key 1 or 2 that is being used You may notice a change to the radio after this message displays After this message displays any change to the presets will be recognized for key 1 or 2 and will be maintained by the radio 3 80 AUTO DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows automatic door unlocking to be turned off used for the driver door only or for all of the doors Press the option button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings OFF None of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park or the key is taken out of the ignition DRIVER Only the driver door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park or the key is taken out of the ignition ALL default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park or the key is taken out of the ig
132. ame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will any holes be made in the body of the vehicle when the trailer hitch is installed If there are then be sure to seal the holes later when the hitch is removed If the holes are not sealed dirt water and deadly carbon monoxide CO from the exhaust can get into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 33 in the Index for more information Safety Chains Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so the rig can turn Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Because the vehicle has antilock brakes do not try to tap into the vehicle s hydraulic brake system If you do both brake systems will not work well or at all Does your trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you will be able to install adjust and maintain them properly 4 31 Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Get to know the rig before setting out for the open road Get acquai
133. and mud or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 19 To turn ETS on or off press the Traction Control button located above the radio TC When ETS is turned off the ETS warning light will come on along with the TRACTION CONTROL OFF message on the DIC It will turn off when ETS is turned back on If ETS is limiting wheel spin when the traction control button is pressed the ETS warning light comes on and ETS will turn off right away Steering Power Steering If power steering assist is lost because the engine stops or the system is not functioning the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed Traction in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and vehicle speed While in a curve speed is the one factor that can be controlled If there is a need to reduce speed do it before entering the curve while the front wheels are straight Try to adjust the speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls ou
134. and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Pressing the recirculation button will have no effect other than turning on the indicator light while in floor defog mode HY Defrost This mode clears the windows of fog or frost more quickly Air is directed to the windshield with some air directed to the side windows In this mode the system automatically turns off the recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Pressing the recirculation button will have no effect other than turning on the indicator light while in defrost mode Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear X Air Conditioning Press to turn the air conditioning compressor on and off An indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is on The indicator light changes with each button press even when conditions prevent operation lt gt Recirculation Press to turn the recirculation mode on or off This mode recirculates and helps to quickly cool the air inside the vehicle It can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle Recirculation is not available while in the floor defrost or floor defog modes Using recirculation for long periods of time may cause the air inside the vehicle to become too dry Recirculation mode has a five minute timer after which the system allows for some fresh outside ai
135. any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 65 REDUCED ENGINE POWER This message displays when the vehicle s engine power is reduced Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven ata reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible This message displays and a chime sounds only when the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when t
136. arts have one of these marks ACDelco ig Parts EJ Goodwrench ME Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to the vehicle they can affect vehicle performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Damage to vehicle components resulting from the installation or use of non GM certified parts including control module modifications are not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 67 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and syst
137. as a six passenger console there is a flip and fold center armrest that allows you to choose between a three passenger front row bench seat or a center console For more information see Center Seat on page 1 7 Flip the center armrest down and it can be used as an armrest for the driver and passenger seat Lift the armrest cover to access the storage area Convenience Net Use the convenience net located in the rear to store small loads as far forward as possible The net should not be used to store heavy loads 2 47 Sunroof The vehicle may have a sunroof It includes a sliding glass panel and a sunshade The sunroof control is on the headliner by the map lamps eo aakhan aasian The sunroof control works only when the ignition is on or in ACC ACCESSORY or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 22 To raise the sunroof to the vent position open the sunshade by hand then press the back of the control Push and hold the front of the control to close the sunroof from the vent position 2 48 With the sunroof in the vent position press and release the back of the control to express open the sunroof The sunshade will automatically open with the sunroof To stop the express open function press the back of the control again To close the sunroof press and hold the front of the control To stop the sunroof release the control The sunshade must be closed ma
138. at Steps 3 and 4 for saving other selections S LIST FULL displays if more than 20 selections are saved To play the song list press the LIST button One beep sounds and S LIST displays The recorded tracks begins to play in the order they were saved Seek through the song list by using the SEEK arrows Seeking past the last saved track returns to the first saved track To delete tracks from the song list 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the LIST button to turn song list on LIST displays 3 Press either SEEK arrow to select the desired track to be deleted 4 Press and hold the LIST button for two seconds When LIST is pressed one beep sounds immediately After two seconds of continuously pressing the LIST button TRACK DELETE displays and the radio beeps twice to confirm that the track has been deleted After a track has been deleted the remaining tracks are moved up the list When another track is added to the song list the track is added to the end of the list To delete the entire song list 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the LIST button to turn song list on LIST displays 3 Press and hold the LIST button for more than four seconds The radio beeps once followed by two beeps after two seconds and a final beep sounds after four seconds LIST EMPTY displays indicating the song list has been deleted If a CD is ejected and the song list contains saved tracks from that CD those tracks are automatical
139. atches including those for the body doors hood secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment glove box door and console door More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g f driving regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 25 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j Check throttle system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator or cruise control cables k A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and re
140. ated on the outboard side of the seats eS To recline the seatback do the following 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if when buckled up the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving Head Restraints Pull the head restraint up to raise it ST To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback
141. ation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A ora dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available 1 43 Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Rear Seat 1 44 g Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the cover The top tether anchors are located under the covers on the rear seatback filler panel Flip open the cover to access the anchors Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating positio
142. ation on this process Locate the device named General Motors in the list on the cellular phone and follow the instructions on the cell phone to enter the four digit PIN number that was provided in Step 3 The system prompts for a name for the phone Use a name that best describes the phone This name will be used to indicate which phone is connected The system then confirms the name provided The system responds with lt Phone name gt has been successfully paired after the pairing process is complete Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for additional phones to be paired Listing All Paired and Connected Phones 1 Press and hold XX for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say List The system lists all the paired Bluetooth devices If a phone is connected to the vehicle the system will say Is connected after the connected phone Deleting a Paired Phone 1 Press and hold XX for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say Delete The system asks which phone to delete followed by a tone Say the name of the phone to be deleted If the phone name is unknown use the List command for a list of all paired phones The syst
143. ature is too high e The oil pressure is low The hazard warning flashers are turned on e The maximum number of remote starts or remote start attempts between ignition cycles has been reached e The content theft deterrent alarm is on while attempting to remote start the vehicle See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 and Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for more information RIGHT FRONT TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the right front turn signal bulb needs to be replaced This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on RIGHT REAR TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the right rear turn signal bulb needs to be replaced See Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps on page 5 50 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen 3 67 This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine
144. avement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster with a lot of heavy braking Keeping pace with the traffic and allowing realistic following distances eliminates a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven brake normally but do not pump the brakes If the brakes are pumped the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops there will still be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS This vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When the engine is started and the vehicle begins to drive away ABS checks itself A momentary motor or clicking noise might be heard while this t
145. ay have Active Fuel Management This system allows the engine to operate on either all or half of its cylinders depending on driving conditions When less power is required such as cruising at a constant vehicle speed the system will operate in the half cylinder mode allowing the vehicle to achieve better fuel economy When greater power is required such as accelerating from a stop passing or merging onto a freeway the system will maintain full cylinder operation 2 25 Automatic Transmission Operation The vehicle s automatic A CAUTION transmission may have a shift lever on the steering column or on the console between the seats v It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and Console Shift Lever move the shift lever to P Park See Shifting Into NOU Z DB Park on page 2 29 lf you are pulling a trailer There is also a display see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 located on the instrument panel cluster that indicates se the vehicle s gear position The positions for the shift lever are P Park This position locks the
146. belt back into the retractor When installing a forward facing child restraint it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If the child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position A CAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position 1 50 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position This vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on pa
147. bility of the engine and the transmission overheating If the engine does overheat see Engine Overheating on page 5 32 Parking on Hills A CAUTION Parking the vehicle on a hill with the trailer attached can be dangerous If something goes wrong the rig could start to move People can be injured and both the vehicle and the trailer can be damaged When possible always park the rig on a flat surface If parking the rig on a hill 1 Press the brake pedal but do not shift into P Park yet Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the brake pedal until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the brake pedal Then apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into P Park 5 Release the brake pedal 4 33 Leaving After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal while you e start the engine e shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid engine oil belts cooling sy
148. bout one eighth turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to the vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the
149. can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 23 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again repeat these steps This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in the vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not the engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty 2 24 Engi
150. ce a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect the vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 29 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in P Park or N Neutral If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position S e The ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when A CAUTIO
151. ce the hazard Read these cautions A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or Notice Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator CA This symbol is shown when you need to see your owner manual for additional instructions or information This symbol is shown when you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or information Vehicle Symbol Chart Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean For more information on the symbol refer to the index Airbag Readiness Light X Air Conditioning Antilock Brake System ABS Audio Steering Wheel Controls or OnStar Brake System Warning Light EA Charging System Cruise Control Engine Coolant Temperature Exterior Lamps 40 Fog Lamps D Fuel Gage 41 Fuses Headlamp High Low Beam Changer LATCH System Child Restraints e Malfunction Indicator Lamp Vi Oil P
152. ceadiaianiaig tates 3 45 Automatic Door LOCK cceceeeeeeee reenter eens 2 10 Delayed LOcKiNg eeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 2 10 LOCKS ie eccnv tea ditcctcansatierise chaetieaeedededanennenisbiadteene 2 9 Power Door LOCKS aniei enan noninsani 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeee 3 47 DIC Operation and Displays cceeeeeeee 3 48 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0eeeeeeee 3 74 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 56 Driving At NIQNt cerrito ore a a ddiovies ites 4 13 Before a Long TTIP sascieseereeccane ioeina 4 15 Defensie drenien kia ieialaieshs E a EE 4 2 DUNK GM is ssion E cate EAEE 4 3 Highway HypnoSis c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 15 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 16 In Rain and on Wet Roads lecce 4 14 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 20 WINE Se i tceaiecnt nates a E E EE 4 17 Driving for Better Fuel Economy n se 4 2 Dual Automatic Climate Control System 3 24 EDR fiidiei laid an a a Ea EE aai 7 16 Electrical System Add On Equipment sisssidiiriesair ennaii 5 98 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eceeeeeee eee 5 98 Headlamp Wiring seeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 98 Instrument Panel Fuse Block acce 5 99 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 98 Underhood Fu
153. ch or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid 5 22 Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare the vehicle as follows 1 Park the vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running 2 With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in P Park 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear pausing for about three seconds in each one Then position the shift lever in P Park 4 Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps The transmission fluid dipstick handle has this symbol on it and is located near the
154. ck the key in the vehicle If the driver s door is open while the key is in the ignition the door cannot be locked with the power door lock switch This feature cannot guarantee that you will never be locked out of the vehicle If the key is not left in the ignition or if the manual door lock is used the key could still be locked inside the vehicle Always remember to take the key with you Trunk A CAUTION Exhaust gases may enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate trunk hatch open or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the trunk hatch or liftgate Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk hatch open e Close all of the windows e Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel e Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 33 Opening the Trunk To open the trunk from the outside use the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information The ignition must be off or the tran
155. cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on the upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from the upholstery It is important to keep the upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible The vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to home furnishings may also transfer color to the vehicle s interior 5 89 When cleaning the vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice Using abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on the vehicle could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on the vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in the vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning the veh
156. ct with the vehicle The vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so the trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on the instrument panel flash whenever signaling a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps also flash telling other drivers the vehicle is turning changing lanes or stopping When towing a trailer the arrows on the instrument panel flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out For this reason you may think other drivers are seeing the signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving on Grades Notice Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding 6 miles 9 6 km Extended higher than normal engine and transmission temperatures may result and damage the vehicle Frequent stops are very important to allow the engine and transmission to cool Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade If the transmission is not shifted down the brakes might have to be used so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce the vehicle s speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possi
157. d The system responds with Would you like to delete lt name tag gt Please say yes or no e If the name tag is correct say Yes to delete the name tag The system responds with OK deleting lt name tag gt returning to the main menu e Ifthe name tag is incorrect say No The system responds with No OK let s try again please say the name tag 3 104 Using the Delete All Name Tags Command The delete all name tags command deletes all stored phone book name tags and route name tags for OnStar if present To use the delete all name tags command 1 Press and hold X for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Delete all name tags The system responds with You are about to delete all name tags stored in your phone directory and your route destination directory Are you sure you want to do this Please say yes or no e Say Yes to delete all name tags e Say No to cancel the function and return to the main menu Making a Call Calls can be made using the following commands e Dial e Digit Dial e Call e Re dial Using the Dial Command 1s Press and hold amp XX for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Dial The system responds with Dial using lt phone name gt Number please followed by a tone Say the entire number without pausing e If the system recognize
158. d the safety belt continues to tighten Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed 1 46 Notice Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle s safety belts This may damage these parts If necessary move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled This could damage the safety belt or the seat Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position before folding the seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether
159. d restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for additional information A CAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever a child restraint is installed be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it 1 41 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATC
160. d tire pressure readings if equipped 4 Set Reset Press this button to set or reset certain functions and to turn off or acknowledge messages on the DIC i Option Press this button to display the units language personalization compass zone and compass calibration See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 and DIC Compass Uplevel Only on page 3 54 for more information re Traction Control Press this button to turn traction control on or off See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 for more information Press and hold this button to turn StabiliTrak off for vehicles with this feature Press this button again to turn both traction control and StabiliTrak on See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information A Hazard Press this button to turn the hazard warning flashers on and off See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 for more information These buttons are only available on vehicles with the uplevel DIC This button is only available on vehicles with the base level DIC Trip Odometer Menu Items TRIP ODO Trip Odometer Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Odometer Press the trip odometer button until the odometer displays This mode shows the distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles or kilometers Trip A and Trip B Press the trip odometer button until A or B displays This mode shows the current distance traveled in either miles
161. de should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location AAAA AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 5 35 How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick If your vehicle has the 3 8L V6 engine or the 5 3L V8 engine the fluid level should be between the ADD and HOT marks when the engine is cold and at the HOT mark when the engine is hot If the fluid is at the ADD mark when the engine is cold or hot power steering fluid should be added If your vehicle has the 3 6L V6 engine the fluid level shou
162. ded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate 5 74 Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represen
163. ds gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather
164. e to uncover EE the remote positive As ae ai terminal press the tab F aa iia at the bottom of the fuse block and lift the cover up 3 8L V6 Engine Always use the remote positive terminal instead of the positive terminal on the battery If your vehicle has the 5 3L V8 engine to uncover the remote positive terminal remove the fuse block cover 5 43 A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 44 A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 6 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do
165. e Check Gas Cap Light on page 3 47 Check the fuel cap to ensure that it is on properly The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn this message off See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 for more information This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 58 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS this message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked This message also displays LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicate which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to tho
166. e Outside of the Vehicle inariana a aa n te 5 5 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 4 Doing Your Own Work eceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenes 5 4 Engine Soon Lamp c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 3 40 Publications Ordering Information 7 15 Vehicle Soon Light narraire tareni 3 46 Service Scheduling Appointments 00 7 10 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 66 Setting the ClOCK cccceceeecneceee eens eeeeneees 3 82 Sheet Metal Damage ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 96 shifting mto Park 2 2 siaienisthie etnies 2 29 Shifting Out of Park ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 31 Signals Turn and Lane Change 005 3 8 Spare Tire Compact orrena eens cinch shea teeenenttrtatioates 5 89 stalling sairone a E A EEA 5 81 REMOVING erp a an r S 5 80 SIONNO giere eion adde ia a E EE EEEE 5 86 Specifications Capacities 0 0ieeeeeeeeeeene 5 104 Speedometer ccccceceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 3 32 Split Folding Rear Seat ee 1 8 StabiliTrak System cccccccsssssssseeeseeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Start Vehicle Remote ccccceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaees 2 7 Starting the Engine ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 23 SIEEN ona e aceasta ceetaseaneanonnts 4 9 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 665 3 110 Steering Wheel Tilt W
167. e Personalization on page 3 74 for more information 2 18 PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer Your PASS Key III system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Operation Your vehicle is equipped with PASS Key III Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disa
168. e Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset DRL lamps are required to function at all times on all vehicles first sold in Canada A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the DRL work so be sure it is not covered The DRL system will make the low beam headlamps come on at reduced brightness when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamps control is off e The parking brake is released While the DRL are on only the vehicle s low beam headlamps will be on at reduced brightness The turn signal taillamps sidemarker and other lamps will not be on The instrument panel will not be lit up either When it is dark enough outside the DRL will turn off and the vehicle s headlamps and parking lamps will turn on The other lamps that come on with the headlamps will also come on When it is bright enough outside the headlamps will go off and the DRL will come on To idle the vehicle with the DRL off turn the exterior lamp control off and then do one of the following e Turn the exterior lamp control to the parking lamp position e Turn the exterior lamp control to the headlamp position e Turn the exterior lamp control from AUTO to off and back to AUTO This feature is not available
169. e can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off the engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling the vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling the vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the driver side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 93 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The
170. e entire control up or down Power Lumbar cro On seats with power lumbar the control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Press the front of the control to increase lumbar support Press the rear of the control to decrease lumbar support Keep in mind that as your seating position changes as it may during long trips so should the position of your lumbar support Adjust the seat as needed Heated Seats On vehicles with this feature the buttons are located on the climate control panel Press the button once to activate the high heat setting Both indicator lights on the button will come on Press the button again to select the lower temperature setting Only one indicator light will come on Press the button a third time to turn the heat off This feature only works when the ignition is on Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked Your seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever used to operate them is loc
171. e hazard warning flashers e Turn the ignition switch out of LOCK OFF position and then back to LOCK OFF The parking lamps turn off to indicate the engine is off After the engine has been started two times or one time with a time extension the vehicle s ignition must be turned to ON RUN using the key before the remote start procedure can be used again See Ignition Positions on page 2 21 for information regarding the ignition positions on your vehicle The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if any of the follow occur e The remote start system is disabled through the DIC e The vehicle s key is in the ignition e A door on the vehicle is open 2 8 e The vehicle s hood is open e The hazard warning flashers are on e The check engine light is on See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 40 e The engine coolant temperature is too high e The oil pressure is low e Two remote vehicle starts or one start with a time extension have already been provided for that ignition cycle If a remote start is attempted and is unsuccessful the Driver Information Center DIC will display REMOTE START DISABLED Vehicles that have the remote start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote vehicle start system enabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 for additional information If your vehicle does not have the
172. e history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility We recommend that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you a
173. e it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil po OER aaas 3 8L V6 Engine po BEER aaas 5 3L V8 Engine If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 104 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap AAAA SAE 5W 30 AR Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range in the cross hatched area Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use Look for three things RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER e GM6094M Use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 is best for the vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e American Petroleum Institute API starburst symbol Oils meeting these requi
174. e number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Coverage Services are provided up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever comes first In the U S anyone driving the vehicle is covered In Canada a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Buick and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification 7 8 Buick and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often or the same type of claim is made many times Services Provided Emergency Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station Lock Out Service Service is provided to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar For security reasons the driver must present identification before this service is given Emergency Tow From a Public Road or Highway Tow to the nearest Buick dealer for warranty service or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Service is pro
175. e or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to indicate a problem with the vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that explains what to do Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to let the driver know at a glance how the vehicle is running It will show how fast the vehicle is going about how much fuel is in the fuel tank and many other things needed to drive safely and economically Base level shown Uplevel similar 3 31 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center You can set a Trip A and Trip B odometer See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 48 The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Simply press the odometer trip switch on the instrument panel cluster If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be se
176. e parking brake pedal will follow it to the released position A warning chime will sound and PARKING BRAKE ON will display in the DIC if the parking brake is set the ignition is on and the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph 8 km h For more information see Brake System Warning Light on page 3 35 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer and parking on any hill see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 Shifting Into Park A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 2 29 3 While keeping the brake pedal applied set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 29 for more information 4 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 5 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand the vehicle is in P Park Steering Column Shift Lever
177. e provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times 2 44 Location information about the vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available The vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of the vehicle in a crash hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the volume of the radio if the OnStar advisor cannot be heard If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red the system may not be functioning properly Press the OnStar button and request a vehicle diagnostic If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired and all services have been deactivated Press the OnStar button to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active 2 42 Universal Home Remote System The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held radio frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers
178. e side crashes Roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A roof rail airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions 1 59 How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can cont
179. e towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 4 20 Loading the Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Vehicle Certification label A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label The Tire and Loading Information label lists the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The vehicle capacity weight includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all MATION nonfactory installed options REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Aa or y Ibs The Tire and Loading Information label also lists the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 55 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and
180. eating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 CAUTION Continued as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them 5 55 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall ES 4109 MS S K lt lt 2si60R 16 9 gt s pe DOT MaLgage oy af z Lu oc AT g A of R a y ooy ot 9 Avot syyn ow KS 4 q2 v S Pa Nouv ogee Passenger P Metric Tire Example 5 56 A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires desi
181. eaving children helpless adults or pets in a A hy vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous om They can be overcome by the extreme heat and it MU pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Dani N a suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat e stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a P oy Y La EN Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows The switches on the driver s door armrest are used to control each of the windows The power window switches work while the ignition is in ON RUN ACC ACCESSORY or while Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 22 Each passenger door has its own window switch To lower the window press and hold the front of the switch to the first position until the window is at the desired level To raise the window pull up and hold the front of the switch Express Dow
182. eceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 79 Cleaning cs cecccccceedaneecotinn onnan tence acne 5 96 Compact Spare Tire cceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 89 Different Size 1 00 0 cece cece eeee neta eeaeeaeeneene ee 5 73 If a Tire Goes Flat w e ncecsctccacetesmticeees cctenianees 5 78 Inflation Tire Pressure nenese 5 63 Inspection and Rotation ecce 5 69 Installing the Spare Tire cceeeseeeeeeeeeee ees 5 81 Pressure Monitor Operation ceeeeeeee 5 66 Pressure Monitor System ceeeeeeeeee ees 5 64 Removing the Flat Tire e eeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 81 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 80 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 86 Tire Sidewall Labeling e eeeeeeeeeeeee ee 5 56 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 60 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eee 5 73 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 75 Wheel Replacement cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 76 When It Is Time for New Tires eee 5 70 Towing Recreational Vehicle 2 cseeeeeeeeeereeees 4 26 Towing a Trailer rensie eave aise 4 28 YOUF VENICE eii inant r ea a E 4 26 Traction Control System TCS sesrcrsriernnsesianinannnsk 4 7 Control System Warning Light 0 3 37 Enhanced Traction System ETS 0 eee 4 8 Enhanced Traction System ETS Warning Light isgcehiadscatladeh sannara dae n ES 3 37
183. ecessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible 5 94 Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However chrome polish may be used on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap anda buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions e Sand and salt e Heat and sun e Snow and ice without proper removal Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim The vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels
184. ed to the in vehicle Bluetooth system first and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used See the cell phone manufacturers user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone If a Bluetooth phone is not connected calls will be made using OnStar Hands Free Calling if available Refer to the OnStar owner s guide for more information Pairing Information e Up to five cell phones can be paired to the in vehicle Bluetooth system e The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving e The in vehicle Bluetooth system automatically links with the first available paired cell phone in the order the phone was paired e Only one paired cell phone can be connected to the in vehicle Bluetooth system at a time e Pairing should only need to be completed once unless changes to the pairing information have been made or the phone is deleted To link to a different paired phone see Linking to a Different Phone later in this section Pairing a Phone f Press and hold X for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say Pair The system responds with instructions and a four digit PIN number The PIN number will be used in Step 4 Start the Pairing process on the cell phone that will be paired to the vehicle Reference the cell phone manufacturers user guide for inform
185. eeeeeeeeeeees 4 28 Eoss Of COmtOl cs cccscn ess necieesdocenccesietaueteedetaaey 4 11 Your Driving the Road and Defensive Driving the Vehicle Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to 5 wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Driving habits can affect fuel mileage Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time When road and weather conditions are appropriate use cruise control if equipped Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require Keep vehicle tires properly inflated Combine several trips into a single trip Replace the vehicle s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire s sidewall near the size Follow recommended scheduled maintenance A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition e Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is
186. eeeeees 6 14 Running the Vehicle While Parked 5 2 34 Safety Belt Reminders ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 32 Safety Belts Care OF ce cetantceatcethcascinge tas ste cesses E 5 92 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 14 Lap Belt ihc sit cathe avis sre vacicade a 1 28 Lap Shoulder Belt ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 22 Safety Belt Extender cc eseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 27 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 0 ceeeeeeeees 1 9 Safety Warnings and Symbols eceeeeeeeeeeees iii Scheduled Maintenance ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 Seats Center Sal ii csc cdeiedrachodads an EE a ai 1 7 Head Restraints eceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 6 Heated Seats icctieviietisiiei eee cases 1 3 Power Lumbar 0ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaes 1 3 Power Seats esinen cayre an orra a Ea Ei 1 2 Reclining Seatbacks isisi iicnsins nieis naeisasa 1 4 Split Folding Rear Seat ceeeeeeeeeeeee teen ees 1 8 Securing a Child Restraint Center Front Seat Position eeeeeeeeeee 1 50 Rear Seat Position ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeneee tenors 1 48 Right Front Seat Position 0 ee 1 50 SOCUMIY LIJDT s2incassateazsatchdaaaeagaseateacchtedge sae cabins 3 44 SEMIS sich cas Seseme cave tanyhh A A EEA 5 3 Accessories and Modifications e 5 3 Adding Equipment to th
187. eet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S TI B A Passenger P Meiric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 5 59 Tire Terminology and Definit
188. ehicle specific Certification label is found on the rear edge of the driver s door The label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle If the vehicle is going to carry a heavy load spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If things like suitcases tools packages or anything else are put inside the vehicle they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the
189. el is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire if the vehicle has one It should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 89 5 63 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflat
190. em All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Engine Specifications Enge VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 38L V6 Engine 0 060 in 1 52 mm 5 3 V8 Engine with Active Fuel F 5 105 42 NOTES 5 106 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0seeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 IMMOGUCHION 2 505 tes cess ET 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill ccscccscccc c acceeesvetetics cettenssbehenns 6 8 Maintenance Requirements ccecce 6 2 At Least Once a Month n 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year n 6 9 Using the Maintenance Schedule 00 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 11 Scheduled Maintenance ccseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 4 6 13 Additional Required Services c eeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 6 14 Maintenance Footnotes ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ens 6 15 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements the vehicle warranties See the Warranty and Owner A
191. em responds with Would you like to delete lt phone name gt Yes or No followed by a tone Say Yes to delete the phone The system responds with OK deleting lt phone name gt 3 101 Linking to a Different Phone 1 Press and hold X for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Change phone The system responds with Please wait while search for other phones e lf another phone is found the response will be lt Phone name gt is now connected e If another phone is not found the original phone remains connected Storing Name Tags The system can store up to thirty phone numbers as name tags that are shared between the Bluetooth and OnStar systems The system uses the following commands to store and retrieve phone numbers e Store e Digit Store e Directory 3 102 Using the Store Command The store command allows a phone number to be stored without entering the digits individually i 2 Press and hold XX for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Store The system responds with Store number please followed by a tone Say the complete phone number to be stored at once with no pauses e Ifthe system recognizes the number it responds with OK Storing and repeats the phone number
192. ement later in this section e If the transmitter is still not working correctly see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions work up to 195 feet 60 m away from the vehicle There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 DA a With Remote Start Shown Without Remote Start Similar Q Remote Vehicle Start For vehicles with this feature press to start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for additional information Lock Press to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once to indicate locking has occurred If is pressed again within five seconds the horn may chirp See FOB LOCK FEEDBACK under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 for additional information For vehicles with a content theft deterrent system pressing may arm it See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 17 Unlock Press once to unlock the driver door If lis pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors unlock The interior lamps come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps may come on See EXT Exterior LIGHT DELAY
193. emove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 8 Install the compact spare tire 5 84 A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash 9 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Turn each nut clockwise by hand until the wheel is held against the hub 10 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely A CAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to a crash If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 104 for wheel nut torque specification Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 104 for the wheel nut torque specification 11 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle s compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare the
194. ems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before attempting any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If the wrong fasteners are used parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If doing some of your own service work use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 This vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 66 Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the da
195. er hearing the confirming horn chirp for the driver side rear tire the horn chirps two more times to signal the tire learning process has ended Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the tire and loading information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires including the spare tire if the vehicle has one for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 70 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate the tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 70 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 76 When rotating the vehicle s tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire if the vehicle has one in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See nflation Tire Pre
196. erify at any time and the system will repeat them 4 After the complete number has been entered say Store The system responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone 5 Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK e If the name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 e If the name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu Using the Directory Command The directory command lists all of the name tags stored by the system To use the directory command 1 Press and hold XX for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Directory The system responds with Directory and then plays back all of the stored name tags When the list is complete the system returns to the main menu 3 103 Deleting Name Tags The system uses the following commands to delete name tags e Delete e Delete all name tags Using the Delete Command The delete command allows specific name tags to be deleted To use the delete command 1 Press and hold XX for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Delete The system responds with Delete please say the name tag followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag to be delete
197. erior lamps will remain on can be programmed using the Driver Information Center DIC See EXIT LIGHT DELAY under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 for additional information Overhead Console Reading Lamps The vehicle may have reading lamps located on the overhead console Press the lens to turn them on and off Rear Assist Handle Reading Lamps The vehicle may have reading lamps located near the rear assist handles Press the lens to turn them on and off Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on such as head
198. ers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 67 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 66 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the veh
199. es Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 655 7 2 Online Owner Center 0c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users ceceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 6 Customer Assistance Offices 0ceeeeee 7 6 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 7 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeeee es 7 7 Scheduling Service Appointments 06 7 10 Courtesy Transportation ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 10 Collision Damage Repair ceeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 11 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Buick Normally an
200. es and Specifications eeeeeee 5 104 Carbon Monoxide cccesee cece 2 12 2 33 4 17 Care of Safety BeltSiic cictlaiy iiacileediandlajaieheedsas 5 92 CD MPI siriarren a ae AEE EN EEEE 3 95 Center Console Storage Area eceecseeeeeeee 2 47 Center Seats iiemicicisecededacsanctetanensadetithidceereatkes 1 7 Chains Tire cccccccc cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 5 77 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 35 Check Engine Lamp sscsccscissinctaciieseanienetyeoaneaahatnces 3 40 Check Gas Cap Light yaesir seisis 3 47 Checking Things Under the Hood 6 06 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 5 96 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems cceeeeeeeeee eee 1 37 Infants and Young Children s 1 33 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 42 Older Children 0cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position c eeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position cee 1 50 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 1 50 Where to Put the Restraint c eee 1 40 Chime Level Adjustment seeeeeeeeeee es 3 113 Cigarette Lighter ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee eees 3 21 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 95 Exterior Lamps Lense
201. ess cance oenen 2 21 Convenience Net ccccccccccccccecececececececececececerees 2 47 Retained Accessory Power RAP 506 2 22 Starting the Engine ooo 9 93 SUNMOOR socere inion ei a erie 2 48 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition and all locks The key has a bar coded key tag that the dealer retailer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys Store this information in a safe place not in your vehicle The vehicle has the PASS Key Ill vehicle theft system The key has a transponder in the key head that matches a decoder in the vehicle s instrument panel The key will have PK3 stamped on it If a replacement key or an additional key is needed it must be purchased from your dealer retailer or certified locksmith Any new PASS Key III key must be programmed before it will start the vehicle See PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer Operation on page 2 19 for more information on programming a new key Notice If you ever lock your keys in the vehicle you may have t
202. est is going on and it might even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS this warning light stays on See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 3 36 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that the wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure to each wheel as required faster than any driver could This can help the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard As the brakes are applied the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even with ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work The antilock pump or motor might be heard operating and the brake pedal might be felt to pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies ABS allows the driver to steer and brake a
203. etely This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds when the gear position is shifted out of P Park Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on DRIVER S REAR DOOR AJAR This message displays when the driver side rear door is not closed properly Make sure that the door is closed completely This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds when the gear position is shifted out of P Park Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 59 ENGINE COOLANT HOT Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or D
204. even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park on page 2 29 If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Hold the mirror in the center to move it for a clearer view behind the vehicle Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the headlamps behind you Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use If the vehicle has OnStar the mirror has a day night control located at the bottom Turn the control to the right for the night position Turn the control to the front for the day position Vehicles with OnStar have three control buttons located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 39 for more information about the services OnStar provides Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror Adjust the mirror to see clearly behind your vehicle Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror that reduces the glare of lights from behind the vehicle Press the AUTO button located in the lower center of the mirror to turn automatic dimming on and the O off button located next to the AUTO button to turn automatic dimm
205. ew 5 12 Engine Oil sssrinin tine REE EE 5 15 Engine Oil Life System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 18 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ceseeeeeeeneee ees 5 20 Automatic Transmission Fluid eeeeee 5 22 Cooling System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee aa aia 5 24 Engine Coolant cccceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeaees 5 25 Radiator Pressure Cap ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 32 Pressure Cap ce eeeeeeeee eee teeter eteeeeeeeteneee eed 5 32 Engine Overheating c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 32 Overheated Engine Protection Operating MOJE aidien anert aaia 5 35 Power Steering Fluid cceeeeeeeeeeeee teen ees 5 35 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeeeee es 5 36 Brakes oiean ethionine tape datenenss 5 38 Batl ry sirere baii a widen ees Sens 5 41 JUMP SLAMING sieisen aun oei ea i 5 42 Headlamp Aiming o 5 47 Bulb Replacement annn 5 50 Halogen Bulbs win s cccccciac cegecaniamcehecaneecbeceneads 5 50 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps 0 5 50 License Plate Lamp seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Replacement Bulbs seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 53 Windshield Replacement eeee 5 54 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 54 MIKES ose deed dances ana ileal p e eaea 5 55 Tire Sidewall Labeling cceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 56 Tire Terminology and Definitions
206. f the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met Pretensioners work only once If the pretensioners activate in a crash they will need to be replaced and probably other new parts for the vehicle s safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 69 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 1 25 A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it
207. for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on If this message continues to appear have the system repaired by your dealer retailer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message displays when the system detects that the battery voltage is dropping beyond a reasonable level The battery saver system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle that you may be able to notice At the point that the features are disabled this message is displayed It means that the vehicle is trying to save the charge in the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories to allow the battery to recharge The normal battery voltage range is 11 5 to 15 5 volts If your vehicle has an uplevel DIC you can monitor the battery voltage by pressing the gages button until BATTERY displays CHANGE OIL SOON This message displays when service is required for the vehicle See your dealer retailer See Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information The CHANGE OIL SOON message is reset by acknowledging the message The OIL LIFE screen under the gages menu on the DIC must also be reset See Oil Life under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 48 and Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 This message displays while the ignition is
208. for vehicles first sold in Canada To turn off the automatic headlamp feature when it is dark outside move the exterior lamp control to the parking lamp position The parking lamps remain on and the headlamps turn off The fog lamps also go on if they were on previously As with any vehicle the regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed Fog Lamps For vehicles with fog lamps the button is located in the center of the exterior lamps control on the left side of the steering column 40 Press to turn the lamps on or off While the high beam headlamps are on the fog lamps are off Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Exterior Lighting Battery Saver If the parking lamps or headlamps have been left on after the ignition has been turned to off the exterior lamps will turn off after about 10 minutes This protects the battery from being drained Use the exterior lamp control to turn the lamps back on if they are still needed 3 15 Interior Lamps The interior lamps control is located next to the exterior lamps control and to the left of the steering wheel on the instrument panel O Off Turn the control to this position to disable courtesy lamps entry lighting delayed entry lighting and delayed exit lighting Door Turn the control to this position to turn the interior lamps on when any door is open and when the ignition key is removed
209. from one point to another Each of the fields for the hours minutes and seconds are two numeric digits 3 50 Once TIME ELAPSED 00 is displayed press the set reset button on vehicles with the uplevel DIC to start the timing feature Press the set reset button again to stop it If you will be starting and stopping your vehicle during a trip for instance the TIME ELAPSED feature will automatically start timing where it left off when you last stopped To reset it press and hold the set reset button for about 1 5 seconds The display will return to zero Press the trip odometer button to exit from the TIME ELAPSED display Average Speed Uplevel Only Press the trip odometer button until AVERAGE SPEED displays This mode shows the average speed of the vehicle in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speed recorded since the last reset of this value To reset the value press the trip odometer button to display AVERAGE SPEED then press and hold the set reset button on vehicles with the uplevel DIC The display will return to zero Fuel Menu Items Uplevel Only m Fuel Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Fuel Range Press the fuel button until FUEL RANGE displays This mode shows the approximate number of remaining miles or kilometers the vehicle can be driven without refueling Fuel range is based on several factors includin
210. from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your ve
211. from the ignition On Turn the control to this position to turn on the interior lamps The interior lamps can be controlled or automatically turned on or off under certain conditions They are explained in the following text 3 16 Instrument Panel Brightness The instrument panel lights can be brightened or dimmed by pressing the center knob of the interior lamp controls until it pops out Turn the knob clockwise to brighten the lights or counterclockwise to dim them Courtesy Lamps Courtesy lamps come on to make it easier to enter and exit the vehicle These lamps will come on when the interior lamp control is in the door position and any door is opened Entry Lighting The courtesy lamps come on and stay on for a set time whenever the interior lamp control is in the door position and the UNLOCK button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed The lamps stay on while a door is opened and then turn off automatically about 25 seconds after it is closed If the UNLOCK button is pressed and a door is not opened the lamps will turn off after about 25 seconds The courtesy lamps turn off when the ignition key is turned to ON RUN or START They will come on again when a door is opened Delayed Entry Lighting Delayed entry lighting lights the vehicle s interior for a period of time after all the doors have been closed After all the doors have been closed the delayed entry lighting feature will co
212. fuel with the spare tire in its proper location and one person or 160 lbs 75 kg on the driver seat Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws under the hood near the headlamps 5 48 The adjustment screw can be turned with a6 mm male hex To adjust the vertical aim on the headlamps 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low beam headlamp Record the distance 3 At the wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 4 Draw or tape a horizontal line B on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4 5 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being adjusted Do not place directly on the headlamp This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface 6 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly The adjustment screw can be turned with a6 mm male hex 7 Turn the vertical aiming screw un
213. ful See Jump Starting on page 5 42 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If the vehicle is driven infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This helps keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of the vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This helps maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 41 Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the warranty Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage the vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system 5 42 Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with
214. g 2 35 Rearview Mirrors cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 35 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenerees 1 4 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 11 Recreational Vehicle Towing seeeeeeeeeee 4 26 Reduced Engine Power Light 3 44 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 0 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation ociscene ane anaa Ea nG 2 4 Remote Vehicle Start cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 7 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire seraiki i a es 5 81 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 5 80 Replacement Bulbs asasisssecscsnsrrenrnnersnrnrnennn 5 53 Replacement Parts Maintenance 565 6 13 Replacement Windshield 0ceeeeeee ee 5 54 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 0 ceeeneeeeeeeeeeeee 7 15 General Motors cscceceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 15 United States Government eeeeeeeeee ees 7 14 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 0 0 1 68 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash ccccccceccececnee eee eeeeeeeeeaees 1 69 Retained Accessory POWE eeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 22 Roadside Assistance Program ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 7 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 20 Routing Engine Drive Belt eee eee
215. g distance traveled fuel used fuel capacity etc This estimate will change if driving conditions change For example if driving in traffic and making frequent stops this mode may read one number but if the vehicle is driven on a freeway the number may change even though the same amount of fuel is in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving Fuel range cannot be reset If your vehicle is low on fuel FUEL RANGE LOW will display followed by the LOW FUEL message See LOW FUEL under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information Average Fuel Economy Press the fuel button until AVG ECONOMY displays This mode shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this menu item was reset To reset AVG ECONOMY press and hold the set reset button The display will return to zero Gages Menu Items Uplevel Only K gt Gages Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Battery Press the gages button until BATTERY displays This mode shows the current battery voltage Your vehicle s charging system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery The battery voltage may fluctuate when viewing this information on the DIC This i
216. g Nut Jack Wheel Wrench Foam Holder Bolt Screw Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire wheel and other parts of the vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit the compact spare Using them can damage the vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on the compact spare Appearance Care Interior Cleaning The vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is
217. g and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep the vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for service trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts To purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells what should
218. g the last drive cycle the red light may illuminate Once the attached object is removed URPA will return to normal operation Atow bar is attached to the vehicle e The vehicle s bumper is damaged Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer to repair the system e Other conditions may affect system performance such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck If the system is still disabled after driving forward at least 15 mph 25 km h take the vehicle to your dealer retailer OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If the airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If the keys are locked in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR to have a signal sent to unlock the doors OnStar Hands Free Calling including 30 trial minutes good for 60 days is available on most vehicles OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation service with one trial route is available on most vehicles Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor contact Roadside Service OnStar service is provided subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions included in the OnStar Subscriber glove box literature Some services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance
219. g to push it in manually The player s 25 second eject timer resets at each press of the eject button causing the player to not eject the CD until the 25 second time period has elapsed 1 lt Reverse Press to reverse within the current track 2 bb Fast Forward Press to fast forward within the current track 3 gt Repeat Depending on the radio press to hear a track over again REPEAT TRACK displays The current track continues to repeat For the radio with a Six Disc CD player press to repeat one track or an entire CD To use repeat e To repeat playing a track press and release this button RPT displays Press this button again to turn off repeat play e To repeat playing a CD press and hold this button for two seconds REPEAT CD displays Press this button again to turn off repeat play 4 RDM Random Depending on the radio press to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RANDOM ON displays Press again to turn off random play For the radio with a Six Disc CD player press to listen to the tracks in random on one CD or on all of the CDs To use random on a Six Disc CD player e To play the tracks on a CD in random order press and release the random button RANDOM ONE displays Press again to turn off random play e To play the tracks on all of the CDs that are loaded in random order press and hold this button for more than two seconds A beep sounds and RANDOM ALL displays P
220. ge 1 62 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 34 for more information including important safety information A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for additional information If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH
221. gned to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the Y US tread OR NE mn say F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 73 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 09 OL ary713N Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The comp
222. gned to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or
223. happening If the vehicle has the content theft deterrent system the vehicle is programmed to arm the system with the power door lock switch If your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC this feature can be turned off See Content Theft under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 Delayed Locking Your vehicle may have this feature It delays the locking of the vehicle s doors for five seconds after the last door is closed Two chimes will sound when the power door lock switch or the LOCK button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed when a door is open If your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC a Delayed Locking warning will be displayed The doors can be locked immediately by pressing the power door lock switch or the LOCK button on the transmitter a second time The delayed locking feature will not activate when the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY You can program this feature on or off through the Driver Information Center DIC if equipped See Delayed Locking under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 Automatic Door Lock The doors are programmed to automatically lock when the shift lever is moved into a forward gear If someone needs to get in or out of the vehicle after the doors have been locked place the shift lever into P PARK You may also unlock all doors using the power door lock switch or unlock one door using the inside manual door lock
224. he air conditioning is on Air conditioning can be selected in any mode as long as the fan switch is on The indicator light changes with each button press even when conditions prevent operation On hot days during the vehicle s initial start up open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quicker cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select 7 4 mode 2 Press 3 Press lt 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the highest fan speed The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water might drip under the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this after five minutes recirculate will allow some outside air into the vehicle lt gt Recirculate Press to turn the recirculation mode on An indicator light comes on to show that recirculation is on This mode recirculates and helps to quickly heat or cool the air inside the vehicle It can be used to prevent the outside air and odors from entering the vehicle Operation in this mode during periods of high humidity and cool outside temperatures may result in increased window fogging If window fogging is experienced select the defros
225. he chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest A The belt is behind the body 1 20 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it pal es KS NS SS a SDS gt x H ae c The belt is twisted across the body 1 21 Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap shoulder belt except for the center fron
226. he engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on PARK LAMPS ON This message displays to alert the driver when the headlamps or parking lamps are on while the ignition is off and the drivers door is opened See Exterior Lamps on page 3 13 for more information A chime sounds continuously while this message is displayed Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen PASSENGER S DOOR AJAR This message displays when the front passenger door is not closed properly Make sure that the door is closed completely This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds when the gear position is shifted out of P Park Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on PASSENGER S REAR DOOR AJAR This message displays when the passenger side rear door is not closed properly Make sure that the door is closed completely This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds when the gear position is shifted out of P Park Press
227. he engine is turned on 3 66 REDUCED POWER STOP WHEN SAFE This message displays when your vehicle is in an overheated engine operating mode This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency In this mode you will notice a significant loss in power and engine performance See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 35 for more information Anytime this message is on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible This message displays and a chime sounds only when the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on REMOTE START DISABLED If your vehicle has the remote start feature this message displays if a remote start attempt is unsuccessful This may be caused if any of the following conditions are true when a remote start attempt is made e The remote start system is disabled through the DIC e The key is in the ignition The hood or the doors are not closed e There is an emission control system malfunction e The engine coolant temper
228. he vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light e located on the instrument panel cluster If your vehicle has the uplevel Driver Information Center DIC a warning message to check the pressure in a specific tire displays at the same time the low tire pressure warning light comes on The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Vehicles that have the uplevel DIC buttons can also check tire pressure levels by pressing the gages button For additional information and details 5 66 about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 48 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63
229. heel 0ceeeeeeeeee 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area eeeeeeeee 2 47 Convenience Net c cceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaees 2 47 Cupholders ceceeeenee eee eeeeeeneeaeeneeeeeneees 2 47 GIOVE BOX arceri si Ennai Erh 2 47 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 008 4 19 SUN VISOTS se hisscahs a ae nae a EE AEE cgeds 2 16 SUNMOOP errre aaan ENEL EA EE EEE E 2 48 Tachometer cerade eaae eee aE 3 32 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps stssitivienissenticaisesetentaeety 5 50 TCS Warning Light cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeeees 3 37 Theater Dimming ceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeee enero es 3 17 Theft Deterrent Radio cccccceeceeeeeeeeees 3 110 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 2 16 Content Theft Deterrent cceeeeeeee ees 2 17 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 18 PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer ODS FallOMrs sedis siatetccs niih natan i S a 2 19 Tilt Whg liris evgacdat saceatescartuntperbnadeanadgeniate 3 6 12 TME SCUING aee E dete 3 82 Tire Pressure Lights isisiakorien onie 3 39 TOS oaan a E a E EE A 5 55 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cl anihg lt icvssssttineviaincasieesiedesetrs aie eats 5 95 Buying NOW TS vicccccccratececccseenrenthenncerseaenees 5 71 Chains 2 202keiehestivn ide aes 5 77 Changing a Flat Tire c
230. hen the brake fluid level is low Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible See Brakes on page 5 38 for proper fluid level The brake system warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 35 This message displays and a chime sounds only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on LOW FUEL This message displays when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible See Fuel Gage on page 3 46 and Filling the Tank on page 5 8 for more information The message displays and a chime sounds while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on LOW OIL PRESSURE Notice If the LOW OIL PRESSURE warning message appears on the DIC display stop the vehicle immediately Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure i
231. hicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United State
232. hicle chimes 3 113 42 NOTES 3 114 Section 4 Driving Your Vehicle Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle 4 2 Driving atiNiQnt aecccctcvetactnotremrinntvecanerstacnnebas 4 13 Driving for Better Fuel Economy s src 4 2 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 14 Defensive Driving ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 0 4 15 Drunk Driving sisscentcciereeccenestecaacheas maen 4 3 Highway Hypnosis 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tence 4 15 Control of a Vehicle sirsenis eass 4 3 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeee eee 4 16 Braking anessen e 4 4 Winter DVINO orisati a 4 17 Antilock Brake System ABS a c 4 5 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Braking in Emergencies eeceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 5 lee OT SNOW raneren sonatas rea REEN 4 19 StabiliTrak System cccccccceccceeeesseeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 20 Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 7 Loading the Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 20 Enhanced Traction System ETS 2 65 4 8 TOWING siirre enan aE aE EUa Eae iE 4 26 SLEE E E sectseenseneweeaccuechen 4 9 Towing Your Vehicle 0 00cccccceseceeeeeseeeeees 4 26 Off Road RRECOVGMY ienasinsne rania a 4 11 Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 c0ccceeeeee 4 26 PASSING Aerssen Eo nea a a NEA 4 11 Towing a Trailer ccccceecceecceeeeee
233. hile the ignition is off first press the A button or the DISP knob If the ignition or radio is turned off while a CD is in the player it stays in the player While the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When the CD is inserted the CD symbol displays As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner For vehicles that have a radio with a Six Disc CD player LOAD Press to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and release the LOAD button 3 Wait for the indicator light located to the right of the slot to turn green 4 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and hold the LOAD button for two seconds The radio beeps once and the indicator light located to the right of the slot begins to flash and MULTI LOAD displays 3 Once the light stops flashing and turns green INSERT CD displays load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in Once the CD is loaded the indicator light begins flashing again Once the light stops flashing and turns green ano
234. honebook for retrieval during menu driven calls Sending a Number During a Call I Press JX The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Dial The system responds with Say a number to send tones followed by a tone Say the number to send e If the system clearly recognizes the number it responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues e If the system is not sure it recognized the number properly it responds Dial Number Please say yes or no followed by a tone If the number is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues Sending a Stored Name Tag During a Call 1 Press X The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Send name tag The system responds with Say a name tag to send tones followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag to send e If the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the call continues e If the system is not sure it recognized the name tag properly it responds Dial lt name tag gt Please say yes or no followed by a tone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the call continues Clearing the System Unless informati
235. icator Lamp on page 3 40 for more information Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle may have a Driver Information Center DIC All messages will appear in the DIC display located in the instrument panel cluster below the speedometer The DIC buttons are located on the center of the instrument panel below the center outlets The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the uplevel DIC will display the WELCOME DRIVER 1 or 2 if a personalized key 1 or 2 is used and then the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The base level DIC displays the odometer and trip odometers only The uplevel DIC displays the odometer trip odometers fuel economy trip computer vehicle system and compass display information It also displays warning messages if a system problem is detected In addition the uplevel DIC displays phone numbers that are called using the OnStar system if equipped See OnStar System on page 2 39 3 47 The outside air temperature automatically appears in the bottom right corner of the uplevel DIC display when viewing the trip odometer screens fuel screens and some of the gages screens If the outside air temperature is at or below 37 F 3 C the temperature reading will toggle between displaying the outside temperature and the word ICE for two minutes If there is a problem with the system that controls the temperature display the letters OC open ci
236. icator lights for the various climate control settings OFF Press to turn the climate control system off V Temperature Press to manually adjust the temperature inside the vehicle Press A or V on the driver or passenger side to increase or decrease the temperature The display will show the selected temperature V IA Fan Control Press the fan control buttons to increase or decrease the fan speed Pressing the arrows cancels the automatic operation and places the system in manual or semi automatic mode Press the AUTO button to return to automatic operation If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting 3 26 the passenger compartment air filter may need to be replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 29 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Air Delivery Mode Controls Use these buttons to change the direction of the airflow inside the vehicle ted Floor Air is directed to the floor with some air directed to the side window outlets and a small amount to the windshield ind Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and the side window outlets ra Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets Na Floor Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air is directed to the windshield floor outlets and side windows In this mode the system turns recirculation off
237. icle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening the vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Products that remove odors from the vehicle s upholstery and clean the vehicle s glass can be obtained from your dealer retailer 5 90 Do not clean the vehicle using e A knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e A stiff brush It can cause damage to the vehicle s interior surfaces e Heavy pressure or aggressive rubbing with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers can leave residue that streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Use only mild neutral pH soaps e Too much cleaner that saturates the upholstery e Organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc that can damage the vehicle s interior Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For any soil always try to remove it first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liqui
238. icle has one of the V6 engines a notch on the sides of the filter cover will indicate the correct engagement 6 Push the cover tabs on top of the housing to lock the cover in place A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into the engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving 5 21 Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid A good time to check the automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealer retailer service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick Notice Too mu
239. icle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change the vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing ia system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 If you have any questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
240. ictions on how far and how long they can tow e ls the proper towing equipment going to be used See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is the vehicle ready to be towed Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 15 Dinghy Towing Notice If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground The vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If the vehicle must be towed a dolly should be used See Dolly Towing that follows for more information Dolly Towing The vehicle can be towed with its front wheels on a dolly To tow the vehicle using a dolly 1 Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer s instructions Drive the front wheels onto the dolly Shift the transmission to P Park Firmly set the parking brake 4 27 5 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing 6 Remove the key from the ignition 7 Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer s instructions 8 Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being t
241. in the vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low If there is a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 32 5 25 What to Use A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant 5 26 Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant If using this mixture nothing else needs to be added This mixture e Gives freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C outside temperature e Gives boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C engine temperature e Protects against rust and corrosion e Will not damage aluminum parts e Helps keep the proper engine temperature Notice If an improper coolant mixture is used the engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other par
242. indshield push the paddle The wipers will clear the window and then either stop or return to your preset speed A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Cruise Control With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use the cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS and the cruise control is on TCS will begin to limit wheel spin and the cruise control automatically turns off See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 When road conditions allow you to safely use it again the cruise control can be turned back on The cruise control buttons are located on left side of the steering wheel B On Off Press to turn cruise control on and off The indicator is lit when cruise control is on RES Resume Accelerate Press to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previo
243. ine is turned on 3 73 TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays as a reminder to turn off the turn signal if you drive your vehicle for more than about 0 75 mile 1 2 km with a turn signal on See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 This message displays and a chime sounds only when the ignition is in ON RUN This message clears from the DIC if the turn signal is manually turned off a turn is completed or the message is acknowledged DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle may have customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two different drivers The customization features include the following e Exterior lighting delay e Interior lighting delay e Delayed locking e Content theft e Remote keyless entry feedback e Remote start 3 74 Your vehicle may also have personalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting for up to two drivers The first personalized key corresponds to driver 1 and the second personalized key corresponds to driver 2 The personalization features include the following e Radio station presets e Auto door unlock preferences e Remote keyless entry unlock preferences All of the customization and personalization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the optio
244. ing nut counterclockwise and remove it 5 Remove the compact spare tire 5 80 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire You vehicle may have wheels with exposed wheel nuts If so go to the Removing the Wheel Nuts section If the vehicle has steel wheel covers with plastic nut caps the wheel nuts are hidden behind the cap To remove the wheel cover 1 Do a safety check before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 2 Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the plastic wheel nut caps If needed finish loosening them by hand The nut caps will not come off of the wheel cover The tools you will need to change a tire include the The edge of the wheel cover could be sharp so do jack A extension and protection guide B and wheel not try to remove the cover with your bare hands wrench C Do not drop the cap or lay it face down as it could become scratched or damaged Store the wheel cover in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced Once you have removed the wheel cover or plastic nut caps use the following procedure to remove the flat tire and install the spare tire 5 81 Removing the Wheel Nuts 3 Find the jacking location using the diagram above and corresponding triangular shaped hoisting 1 Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen notches located on the underside of the vehicle s the wheel nuts but do no remove them yet plastic molding 2 T
245. ing off It the vehicle has the OnStar System The automatic dimming feature is turned on or off by pressing c for about three seconds This button is located on the lower part of the mirror Vehicles with OnStar have three control buttons located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 39 for more information about the services OnStar provides Cleaning the Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror Use a soft towel dampened with water 2 35 Outside Power Mirrors Controls for the outside power mirrors are located on the driver s door armrest To adjust the mirrors 1 Move the selector switch located below the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver or passenger side mirror 2 Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to move the mirror to the desired direction 3 Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen Keep the selector switch in the center position when not adjusting either outside mirror 2 36 Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on the right Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lane
246. injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 22 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly A CAUTION Never do this Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt The safety belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 31 A CAUTION Never do this Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The child might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 32 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the
247. ion pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 64 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you sh
248. ions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread 5 60 Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire
249. ir weight and size We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though the airbag is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right
250. is inspection if the OBD II on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if the battery has recently been replaced or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If this has been done and the vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD II system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 42 Oil Pressure Light For vehicles with an oil pressure light if there is a problem with the oil the light may stay on after the engine is started or comes on while driving This light indicates that oil is not going through the engine quickly enough to keep it lubricated The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The oil light could also come on in the following situations e The light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on to show that it is working properly If it does not come on with the ignition on there may be a problem with the fuse or bulb Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer e Sometimes when the engine is idling at a stop a chime sounds and the light may blink on and off This is normal A CAUT
251. isc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R disc e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc e Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions may not work e Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates Song title artist name and album will be available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 e Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or aloum should contain 18 songs or less e Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an MP3 disc using multiple sessions It is usually better to burn the disc all at once 3 95 The player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files Long file names folder names or playlist names could use more disc memory space than necessary To conserve disc space keep the length of the file folder or playlist name brief MP3 CDs do not require file folders The system can support up to 11 folders in depth The depth of the folders should be kept down to make it easier while locating a folder during playback All items over the maximum are ignored Root Directory The root directory is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under
252. isplays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE PARK LAMPS This message displays when there is a problem with the park lamps Check to see if the park lamp fuse is blown and replace the fuse if necessary See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 98 and Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 5 99 for more information If changing the fuse does not correct the problem see your dealer retailer This message only displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message displays if there has been a problem detected with StabiliTrak A warning ligh
253. it breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and in the fuse block wiring itself This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Make sure a bad fuse is replaced with a new one of the identical size and rating Instrument Panel Fuse Block The instrument panel fuse block is located on the CZ passenger side of the instrument panel Pull off the cover labeled FUSES to expose the fuse block DR LCK RFA MOD PRK SWTCH TRUNK ELSTA STRAVHLS ILLUM ONSTARIALDL INTALLOM CNSTR HVAC HAZRO PRK LAMP CHMSL BKUP PWRMIR ROO AMP HTD SEAT HTD MIAL RIDEFOG Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL BKUP Back up Lamp CLSTR CNSTR Canister Vent CRUISE Cruise Control Hae Door Locks Trunk 5 99 Underhood Fuse Block Some fuses and relays are located i
254. itter if you have remote start To start the vehicle using the remote start feature 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitter s remote start button for about four seconds or until the vehicle s turn signal lamps flash The doors will lock When the vehicle starts the parking lamps turn on and remain on while the engine is running The remote start feature provides two separate starts per ignition cycle each with 10 minutes of engine running time or one start with a time extension The first start must expire or be canceled to get two separate 10 minute starts If it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat the previous steps while the engine is still running to extend the engine running time by 10 minutes from the time you repeat the steps for remote starting The remote start running time can be extended one time and only after the first remote start After entering the vehicle during a remote start insert and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle The engine will shut off automatically after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done or the vehicle s key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned to ON RUN To manually shut off a remote start do any of the following e Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and release the remote start button e Turn on th
255. ive a few simple voice commands to browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information This feature is only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls This vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 110 for more information On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voice mail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works The OnStar system can record and transmit vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center when the OnStar button is pressed the emergency button is pressed or if the airbags or AACN system deploy This information usually includes the vehicle s GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the crash that the vehicle was involved in e g the direction from which the vehicle was hit When the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling is used the vehicle also sends OnStar the vehicle s GPS location so they can provide services where it is located OnStar service cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where the wireless servic
256. jects Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of P Park or N Neutral with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle 2 27 Notice Driving the vehicle if you notice that it is moving slowly or not shifting gears as you increase speed may damage the transmission Have the vehicle serviced right away You can drive in 2 Second when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and D Drive for higher speeds until then D Drive This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy If more power is needed for passing and the vehicle is e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator pedal all the way down By doing this the vehicle will automatically shift down to the next gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding See Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 11 3 Third This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than D Drive without using the brakes You might choose 3 Third instead of D Drive when driving on hilly winding roads when towing a trailer so there is less shifting betwee
257. ke pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the P Park mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to P Park Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 25 Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Windshield Optikleen Washer Solvent Engine Coolant Washer Fluid Lubricant Usage Fluid Lubricant GM Power Steering Fluid Hood and Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube System GM Part No U S 89021184 Door Hinges GM Part No U S 12346241 y in Canada 89021186 g in Canada 109435474 Automatic DEXRON VI Automa
258. kers eeeeeeeeees 5 98 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ccce 5 99 Underhood Fuse Block eeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 100 Windshield Wiper ceceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 98 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 002 3 38 PUG adeaiaaraceccnee sige E a avetabe died 3 46 Speedometer cceeeeeeneeeteneeeeeaeeeeeeeees 3 32 Tachometer rerien ine eciiet tee 3 32 Garage Door Opener ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 42 Gasoline OCLAN EY sc taiigs ote cmeuncen E teenies E ST A 5 5 Specifications csi ceg cect nneeenedaewedeet dee sane nE 5 6 Glove Box scivercossteeceesienieieinaonnniiilie 2 47 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 6 5 7 7 Hazard Warning Flashers secc 3 6 Head Restraints icing c ctacincadieeigieieencditaceneacen 1 6 Headlamp AIAG reien EE 5 47 Headlamp WING s iscsicircassisisiecisiniisis ssas 5 98 Headlamps Bulb Replacement 2 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 50 Daytime Running Lamps Automatic Headlamp SYSTE aromami aa Ea a E ainai ees 3 14 Exterior LAMPS vacccscccaucbeas catepeeneeter ens nian 3 13 Flash tO P ass vesien ieee 3 8 Halogen BUDS isanne inini 5 50 High Low Beam Changer aacncececeererereesen 3 8 Heated Seats sis iiccnideck iein a e a ENER 1 3 Heater ecsccceteieucnceicaeveeerseweoeesaiueeadensaneree canes 3 21 Engine Coolant ecese nieetliseneeciieesens 2 24 IGANG esi ced cd ceermate eeemtaneah E aaa 3 24 Highbeam On Light
259. lamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW or LOW BATTERY If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 Battery Run Down Protection This helps prevent the vehicle s battery from draining in case the interior courtesy lamps reading lamps trunk lamp underhood lamp glove box lamps or sun visor vanity lamps if equipped are accidently left on If any of these lamps are left on while the ignition is off they will automatically turn off after 10 minutes The lamps will not come back on again until one of the following occurs e The ignition is turned on e The interior lamps control is turned off then to doo
260. lan Services OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped or Driving Directions Advisor delivered RideAssist Information and Convenience Services 2 40 OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Most vehicles include 30 trial minutes good for 60 days Hands Free Calling can also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit onstar com or onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation Vehicles with the OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation system can provide voice guided driving directions Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor locate a business or address and download driving directions to the vehicle Voice guided directions to the desired destination will play through the audio system speakers See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes Press the phone button and g
261. lays the current song name and time of day e Folder playlist mode displays the current folder or playlist number the track number and the elapsed time of the track Song name and track number mode displays the current song name and track number e ID3 Tag and folder mode displays the ID3 tag information and the folder number e Song and folder mode displays the number of songs in the folder and the folder number INFO Information INFO displays when a current track has ID3 tag information Press this button to display the artist name and album contained in the tag BAND Press to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening 3 98 XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly CH Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel CH Unauth This channel is blocked or cannot be received
262. ld be between the Min Minimum and Max Maximum marks when the engine is cold and at the Max mark when the engine is hot If the fluid is at the Min mark when the engine is cold or hot power steering fluid should be added 5 36 What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid When the windshield washer fluid is low a low washer fluid light may appear on the instrument panel cluster See Low Washer Fluid Warning Light on page 3 45 for more information In addition if your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC the LOW WASHER FLUID message will display when the fluid level is low See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location Notice e
263. le s exhaust system has been modified damaged or improperly repaired e There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or after market modifications that are not completely sealed If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle e Drive it only with the windows completely down e Have the vehicle repaired immediately Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation 2 33 Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 2 33 2 34 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move
264. le when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 20 If the vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to the vehicle s traction system in the Index If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on the vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 77 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system Shift back and forth between R Reverse and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while shifting and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If the vehicle does need to b
265. llamp assembly back into place on the vehicle 13 Turn the two wing nuts clockwise to reinstall them 14 Place the trunk trim to its original location A Taillamp C Sidemarker Lamp B Stoplamp Taillamp D Taillamp Turn Signal Lamp E Back up Lamp 7 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it 8 Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb socket 9 Push the new bulb straight into the bulb socket until it eleKS 15 Turn the four plastic wing nuts clockwise to reinstall 10 Turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall them back into their original location 11 Reconnect the wiring harness 16 Return the convenience net to its original location 5 52 License Plate Lamp 4 Push the bulb straight into the socket and turn the socket clockwise To replace one of these bulbs 5 Turn and push the license plate lamp back through 1 Remove the screws for either of the license the fascia opening plate lamps 6 Reinstall the screws for the license plate lamp Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamps Bulb Number Front Turn Signal and Parking Headlamps High Beam Headlamp Low Beam Headlamp Front Rear Sidemarker License 194 2 Turn and pull the license plate lamp forward Plate Lamp and Taillamp through the fascia opening Stoplamps and Taillamps 3057 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retaile
266. lowly to a level place Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in P Park Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle When the vehicle has a flat tire B use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks A A Wheel Block B Flat Tire The following information explains how to use the jack and change a tire 5 79 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is located in the trunk 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 TA 2 Remove the convenience net if the vehicle has one ee sl 3 Remove the spare tire cover na a BO A KS 6 Turn the nut holding the jack counterclockwise and remove it Then remove the jack and wrench 4 Turn the w
267. ly deleted from the song list Any tracks saved to the song list again are added to the bottom of the list To end song list mode press the LIST button The radio beeps once and LIST is removed from the display 3 93 CD Messages CHECK CD If this message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e The road is very rough When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e The format of the CD might not be compatible Depending on the radio see MP3 Format later in this section e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem 3 94 Care of CDs CD sound quality can be reduced due to CD quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player
268. ly show the new folder name unless the folder mode is chosen as the default display See DISP later in this section for more information The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened The display does not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename is not displayed Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists which were created by WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however there is no editing capability These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and READING DISC displays The CD should begin playing and the CD symbol displays See Playing a CD earlier in this section 3 Repeat Repeat lets one track the entire folder or playlist be repeated Press and release this button until REPEAT TRACK REPEAT FOLDER or REPEAT P LIST displays The current track folder or playlist continues to repeat Press and release this button until REPEAT OFF displays to turn off repeated play 4 RDM Random Press to hear tracks in rand
269. mmunication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Center Online Owner Center U S www gmownercenter com buick Information and services customized for your specific vehicle all in one convenient place e Digital owner manual warranty information and more e Online service and maintenance records e Find Buick dealers for service nationwide e Exclusive privileges and offers e Recall notices for your specific vehicle e OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries Other Helpful Links Buick www buick com Buick Merchandise www buickmerchandise com Help Center www buick com helpcenter FAQ e Contact Us My GM Canada Canada www gm ca My GM Canada is a password protected section of www gm ca where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to e My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area e My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM dealers retailers e My Driveway Access quick links to parts and service estimates check trade in values or schedule a service appointment by adding the vehicles you own to your driveway profile e My Preferences Manage your
270. n Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include e Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape e Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission e Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in N Neutral or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and
271. n gears and when going down a steep hill 2 28 Notice Driving in 2 Second for more than 25 miles 40 km or at speeds over 55 mph 90 km h may damage the transmission Also shifting into 2 Second at speeds above 65 mph 105 km h can cause damage Drive in 3 Third or D Drive instead of 2 Second 2 Second This position reduces vehicle speed even more than 3 Third without using the brakes You can use 2 Second on hills It can help control vehicle speed as you go down steep mountain roads while using the brakes off and on 1 First This position reduces vehicle speed even more than 2 Second without using the brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in 1 First while the vehicle is moving forward the transmission will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place Parking Brake To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down then push down the parking brake pedal To release the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down and push the parking brake pedal While you lift your foot off the parking brake th
272. n Window The driver s window switch has an express down feature labeled AUTO This lets you lower the window completely without holding the switch Press the front of the switch to the second position and release To stop the window while it is lowering briefly pull up on the switch Window Lockout fas Window Lockout The drivers window switches also include a lockout switch Press the right side of the switch to prevent the rear passengers from using their window switches The driver can still control all the windows and the front passenger can control their own window with the lockout on Press the left side of the switch to return to normal window operation A red bar on the right side of the switch indicates that the lockout is off Sun Visors To block out glare swing down the sun visors They can be detached from the center retainer and slid along the rod to cover different areas of the front window and turned to cover the side windows Visor Vanity Mirror Swing down the sun visors and lift the cover to expose the vanity mirror Do not drive with the cover lifted due to possible glare impeding other drivers behind or to the side of the vehicle Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities This vehicle has theft deterrent features however they do not make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system You
273. n the underhood fuse block on the passenger side of the vehicle in the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component a a Steering Wheel Controls Illumination Relays Usage Retained Accessory Power Fuses Usage l Ol EE PRK LAMP Park Lamp Relay R DEFOG Rear Defogger Relay 3 8L V6 Engines 5 100 Driver Side High Beam Passenger Side High Beam Driver Side Low Beam Passenger Side Low Beam Windshield Wiper Washer Regulated Voltage Control Fog Lamps Transmission Control Module Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Auxiliary Power Horn Emission Air Conditioner Clutch Oxygen Sensor Powertrain Control Module Powertrain Control Module Electronic Throttle Control Electronic Throttle Control Display 15 17 3 Driver Side Low Beam _ __ 4 Passenger Side Low Beam _ _ 5 Windshield Wiper 7 Foghamps _ pt Hor S 13 Air Conditioner Clutch _ __ 14 Oxygen Sensor 1 Eton tronie Gort 18 Display i Min Fuses Usas Ss Style Fuses Usage Micro Retays Usas 5 101 Micro Relays Usage Mini Relays Usage Fuse Puller Usage Fuse Puller Diodes Usage ae Compressor Clutch 5 102
274. n where the child restraint will be placed Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION ee 4 If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the child restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Install a LATCH type child restraint properly using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top manual tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 for additional information 1 45 A CAUTION Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash attach only one child restraint per anchor A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck an
275. nalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting for up to two drivers Your vehicle may also have customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for up to two drivers See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 for additional information on personal programming Compass Zone To change the compass zone through the DIC see DIC Compass Uplevel Only on page 3 54 Compass Calibration The compass can be manually calibrated To calibrate the compass through the DIC see DIC Compass Uplevel Only on page 3 54 3 53 DIC Compass Uplevel Only Your vehicle may have a compass in the Driver Information Center DIC Compass Zone The zone is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory Your dealer retailer will set the correct zone for your location Under certain circumstances such as during a long distance cross country trip or moving to a new state or province it will be necessary to compensate for compass variance by resetting the zone through the DIC if the zone is not set correctly Compass variance is the difference between the earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If the compass is not set to the zone where you live the compass may give false readings The compass must be set to the variance
276. ne Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C Vehicles with an engine coolant heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting Some models have an internal thermostat in the cord which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above O F 18 C To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is attached to the underside of the diagonal brace which is located above the engine air cleaner filter assembly 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts and prevent damage The length of time the heater should be plugged in depends on several factors Ask a dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this Active Fuel Management The vehicle s V8 engine m
277. ne oil light or CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil reset the system e Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC 1 Press the option button on the DIC until ENGINE OIL MONITOR appears on the DIC screen 2 Press the set reset button to reset the system The next screen indicates that the CHANGE OIL SOON message has been reset If the vehicle has the uplevel DIC when the gages button is pressed and the OIL LIFE REMAINING mode appears it should read 100 percent OIL LIFE REMAINING 3 Turn the key to LOCK OFF e Vehicles without Driver Information Center DIC 1 With the engine off turn the ignition key to ON RUN 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds 3 Turn the key to LOCK OFF then start the vehicle If the light or message comes back on when the vehicle is started the oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to
278. near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 56 for additional information 5 71 GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 for information on proper tire rotation A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 89 5 72 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on the vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make
279. negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put the transmission in P Park before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave the radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always turn off the radio and other accessories when jump starting the vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlets Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle You will not use your vehicle s battery for jump starting It has a remote positive jump starting terminal located on the underhood fuse block for that purpose See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location If your vehicle has a V6 engin
280. netesecenaeecnpetdennetnaie Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 00 5 93 Finis N Canes 3 can chancel r e Eaa 5 94 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 94 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels ANG TIM ss csesscesecacnesaehci cease aeedvaiaengiede aE 5 95 WINGS EEE S T E E AT 5 96 Sheet Metal Damage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 96 FINISH DAMAGE sieisen nann a aa 5 96 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 96 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 96 Vehicle Identification eee 5 97 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 4 5 97 Service Parts Identification Label 0 5 97 Electrical System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 5 98 Add On Electrical Equipment eeeeeeee 5 98 Headlamp WU NG ncciee jcnccndseenianmudemeatecnendeeot ce 5 98 Windshield Wiper Fuses sceeeeeeeeeee eens 5 98 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 98 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 98 Instrument Panel Fuse Block sescca 5 99 Underhood Fuse Block eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 100 Capacities and Specifications 5 104 Capacities and Specifications 00 5 104 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM p
281. ng leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 54 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 94 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 68 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all hinges and l
282. ng on the exterior lamps is recommended See Exterior Lamps on page 3 13 for more information This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on HOOD AJAR If your vehicle has the remote start feature this message displays when the hood is not closed properly Make sure that the hood is closed completely See Hood Release on page 5 11 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on HOT TRANS Transmission FLUID This message displays when the transmission fluid in your vehicle is too hot Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle until it cools down If the warning message continues t
283. ning working at its best For information on how often to change the passenger compartment air filter see Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 To change the passenger compartment air filter use the following steps 1 Turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY and turn the windshield wipers on 2 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF when the windshield wipers are in the upright position 3 Raise the hood 4 Disconnect the windshield washer pump hose from the fender rail and air inlet grille 5 Peel back the hood weather strip from the passenger s side of the vehicle halfway to the center of the hood 6 Remove the three air inlet grille retainers 7 Remove the air inlet grille 8 Remove the water deflector panel 3 29 9 Remove the old air filter 10 Install a new passenger compartment air filter See Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 for the type of filter to use Make sure it slides under the compartment retainers 11 Reverse Steps 1 through 8 For best climate control performance re installation of a clean air filter is required 3 30 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could prevent injury Warning lights come on when there may b
284. nition To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC AUTO UNLOCK ON This feature displays only if DRIVER or ALL was selected for the AUTO DOOR UNLOCK feature This feature allows the selection of when the vehicle s doors will unlock Press the option button until AUTO UNLOCK ON appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings KEY OUT The door s will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition PARK default The door s will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC FOB UNLOCK ON 1ST PRESS This feature allows the selection of which doors will unlock on the first press of the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Press the option button until FOB UNLOCK ON 1ST PRESS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings DRIVER default The driver door will unlock on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter ALL All of the doors will unlock on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter To select a setting press the option button while the desired setting is dis
285. no retractor To make the belt longer tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt Buckle position and release it the same way as the lap part of a lap shoulder belt 1 28 To make the belt shorter pull its free end as shown until the belt is snug If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 29 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle see if you are using the correct buckle Be sure that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle Safety Belt Extender If the safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 1 29 The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat
286. not all phones are guaranteed to work with the in vehicle Bluetooth system See gm com bluetooth for more information on compatible phones Voice Recognition The Bluetooth system uses voice recognition to interpret voice commands to dial phone numbers and name tags Noise Keep interior noise levels to a minimum The system may not recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise When to Speak A short tone sounds after the system responds indicating when it is waiting for a voice command Wait until the tone and then speak How to Speak Speak clearly in a calm and natural voice 3 99 Audio System When using the in vehicle Bluetooth system sound comes through the vehicle s front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system Use the audio system volume knob during a call to change the volume level The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls To prevent missed calls a minimum volume level is used if the volume is turned down too low Bluetooth Controls Use the buttons located on the steering wheel to operate the in vehicle Bluetooth system See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 110 for more information amp X Push To Talk Press to answer incoming calls to confirm system information and to start speech recognition CX V Phone On Hook Press to end a call reject a call or to cancel an operation 3 100 Pairing A Bluetooth enabled cell phone must be pair
287. ns available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the customization and personalization features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then The customization preferences are automatically recalled The driver s personalization preferences are recalled by using the key programmed for driver 1 or 2 Customization Menu Items The following are customization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle FACTORY DEFAULTS To change customization and personalization preferences use the following procedure Entering the Personal Program Menu 1 Turn the ignition on and place the vehicle in P Park To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off Press the option button until PERSONAL PROGRAM displays If the vehicle is not in P Park PERSONAL PROGRAM ONLY IN PARK will display If the vehicle is not able to enter the personal program menu PERSONAL PROGRAM NOT AVAILABLE will display Press the set reset button to begin The DIC will then display an instruction screen Press the option button to display the features that are available to program Press the set reset button to change the setting of each feature This feature allows you to set all of the customization and personalization features back to their factory default settings Press the option button until F
288. nstrument panel and floor outlets Some air may be directed toward the windshield Slightly cooler air is directed to the instrument panel outlets and warmer air is directed to the floor outlets ted Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed toward the side window outlets and windshield In this mode the system automatically uses outside air The air conditioning compressor will be engaged unless the outside temperature is 40 F 4 C or below Fd Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air is divided between the windshield and the side window outlets and the floor outlets In this mode the system turns recirculation off and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Pressing the recirculation button will have no effect other than turning on the indicator light while in defog mode W Defrost This mode clears the windows of fog or frost more quickly Air is directed to the windshield and the side window outlets with some air directed to the floor outlets In this mode the system turns recirculation off and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Pressing the recirculation button will have no effect other than turning on the indicator light while in defrost mode X Air Conditioning Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off An indicator light turns on to show that t
289. nt people from leaving the vehicle In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation AN CAUTION Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an air This dust could cause breathing problems for airbag inflates you will need some new parts for people with a history of asthma or other breathing the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle system will not be there to help protect you in should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you another crash A new system will include airbag have breathing problems but cannot get out of the modules and possibly other parts The service vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace opening a window or a door If you experience other parts breathing problems following an airbag deployment e The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic you should seek medical attention module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 16 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 17 The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the
290. nted with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not as responsive as the vehicle is by itself Before starting check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connectors lamps tires and mirror adjustments If the trailer has electric brakes start the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This checks the electrical connection at the same time During the trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving the vehicle without a trailer This can help to avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns 4 32 Passing More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer Because the rig is longer it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in conta
291. ntinue to work until one of the following occurs e The ignition is in ON RUN e The doors are locked e 25 seconds has passed If during the illumination period a door is opened the timed illumination period will be canceled and the interior lamps will remain on Theater Dimming This feature allows for a three to five second fade out of the courtesy lamps instead of immediate turn off Delayed Exit Lighting This feature can be programmed either on or off using the Driver Information Center See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 under INT Interior LIGHTS KEYS REMOVED When activated the interior will be lit for a short period of time after the ignition key is removed from the ignition The ignition must be off and the interior lamp control must be in the door position for delayed exit lighting to work When the ignition key is removed interior illumination will activate and remain on until one of the following occurs e The ignition is in ON RUN e The power door locks are activated e 25 seconds has passed If during the illumination period a door is opened the timed illumination period will be canceled and the interior lamps will remain on 3 17 Perimeter Lighting Perimeter lighting provides a period of exterior vehicle lighting Perimeter lighting activates when the key is removed from the ignition or the vehicle is unlocked using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter The amount of time the ext
292. ntries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For U S purchased vehicles call 1 800 252 1112 Text Telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For Canadian purchased vehicles call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year Calling for Assistance When calling Roadside Assistance have the following information ready e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plat
293. nual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle Read this manual from beginning to end to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures symbols and words work together to explain vehicle operation Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 25783632 A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 helminc com Propri taires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 helminc com Index To quickly locate information about the vehicle use the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2008 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do not do this or Do not let this happen 3 A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people Cautions tell what the hazard is and what to do to avoid or redu
294. nually The sunroof panel cannot be opened or closed if your vehicle has an electrical failure Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3 4 Hazard Warning Flashers ccecce 3 6 OMe N EE sineaseeeataeanes 3 6 THE WHC cities heecetancdoeedet pane aane 3 6 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 0 0ee 3 7 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0e 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 3 8 Flash tO PaSs aisinn atona eE EEES 3 8 Windshield Wipers s sassscesesesrsrrenrrrnrernrnnenanne 3 9 Windshield Washer c eeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 3 9 Cruise Control ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeaeenes 3 10 Exterior AMPS sc c ccheseleaceivavedabe eee catesineweienes 3 13 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Automatic Headlamp System scceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 14 FOG Lamps cates dentin e a EEEE 3 15 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver eee 3 15 Interior LAMPS sveieccceseselcciedeecek cetercanehiewetoates 3 16 Instrument Panel Brightness 3 16 Courtesy LAMPS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee dianne 3 16 Enty HONING gcics cote sie Sincacdeete ES AE 3 16 Delayed Entry Lighting eceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 17 Theater Dimming ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 17 Delayed Exit Lighting cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 17 Perimeter LIQMting o c c ccrsceeeeecensteentedsneenet nants 3 18 Instrument Panel Overhead Console Reading Lamps
295. o damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information Remote Keyless Entry RKE System The Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range try this e Check the distance The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle Stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check the transmitter s battery See Battery Replac
296. o display have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays and a chime sounds only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on KEY FOB BATTERY LOW This message displays when the battery in the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter needs to be replaced To replace the battery see Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 61 KEY IN IGNITION This message displays and a chime sounds continuously when the drivers door is open and the key is in ACC ACCESSOR
297. o has XM press the DISP button while in XM mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Category or PTY Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display press the DISP button until the desired display appears then hold DISP for two seconds The radio beeps once and the selected display becomes the default 3 84 SCV Speed Compensated Volume If the vehicle s radio has Speed Compensated Volume SCV the audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road and wind noise while driving Set the volume at the desired level Press this button to select LOW MEDIUM or HIGH Depending on the radio the selection may be SPEED VOL MIN volume minimum SPEED VOL MED volume medium or SPEED VOL MAX volume maximum Each higher setting allows for more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Then while driving SCV increases the volume as necessary to overcome noise at any speed The volume level should always sound the same while driving NONE displays if the radio cannot determine the vehicle speed To turn SCV off press SCV until OFF or SPEED VOL OFF displays Finding a Station BAND Press to choose between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 d Tune Turn to select radio stations lt 1 SEEK gt Press and release to go to the previous or the next station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for more
298. object inserted into the notch on the side 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing up Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Snap the transmitter back together Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have a remote starting feature that allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle It may also start the vehicle s heating or air conditioning systems and rear window defogger When the remote start system is active and the vehicle has an automatic climate control system it will automatically regulate the inside temperature Normal operation of these systems will return after the ignition key is turned to ON RUN Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel If your vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter functions will have an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 for additional information Q Remote Start This button will be on the RKE transm
299. occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if the vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly one bottle of GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change can help clean deposits from fuel injectors and intake valves GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only gasoline additive recommended by General Motors Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier
300. ode E Air Conditioning Controls F Recirculation K Defrost G PASS Automatic Operation AUTO Automatic Press the AUTO button for automatic control of the inside temperature the air delivery mode and the fan speed There might be a delay of two to three minutes before the fan comes on when the automatic operation is used in cold weather For the automatic system to function the temperature must be set between 61 F 15 C and 89 F 32 C 1 Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting 2 Press the PASS button or the A or V on the passenger side to turn the passenger temperature set on and off When turned on the passenger temperature will be the same as the driver setting Press A or V on passenger side to adjust the passenger temperature setting When the passenger s temperature set is off the passenger display will be off and the driver s set temperature will be for the driver and passenger In cold weather the system will start at reduced fan speeds to avoid blowing cold air into the vehicle until warmer air is available The system will start out blowing air at the floor but may change modes automatically as the vehicle warms up to maintain the chosen temperature setting The length of time needed for warm up will depend on the outside temperature and the length of time that has elapsed since the vehicle was last driven 3 Wait for the system to regulate This may take from 10 to 30 minutes Then
301. ol located to the left of the cluster on the instrument panel operates the exterior lamps PUSH It controls the following systems Headlamps Taillamps Parking Lamps License Plate Lamps Instrument Panel Lights Fog Lamps If Equipped The exterior lamps control has four positions Oo On Off Briefly turn the control to this position to turn off the automatic light control Briefly turn to this position again to turn the automatic light control on again AUTO Automatic Turn the control to this position to automatically turn on the headlamps at normal brightness together with the following e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights PS Parking Lamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 3 13 AD Headlamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the following lamps listed below A warning chime will sound if the driver s door is opened when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY and the headlamps or parking lamps are on e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 4D Fog lamps If Equipped Push the fog lamps button to turn them on and off See Fog Lamps on page 3 15 for additional information Daytime Running Lamps DRL Automatic Headlamp System Daytim
302. om rather than sequential order The entire folder playlist or CD can be played in random order Press and release this pushbutton until RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM P LIST playlist or RANDOM DISC displays Once all of the tracks in the current folder or playlist have played the system moves on to the next folder or playlist and plays all of the tracks in random order While in random pressing and releasing lt Jor gt SEEK arrow takes you to the previous or to the next random track Press and release this pushbutton until RANDOM OFF displays to turn off random play 5 Previous Folder Press to go to the first track in the previous folder Press this button while in random folder mode to go to the previous folder and randomly play the tracks in that folder 6 C Next Folder Press to go to the first track in the next folder Press this button while in random folder mode to go to the next folder and randomly play the tracks in that folder 3 97 DISP Display Press to change between track mode folder playlist mode and ID3 tag The display shows only eight characters but there can be up to four pages of text If there are more than eight characters in the song folder or playlist name pressing this knob within two seconds goes to the next page of text If there are no other pages to be shown pressing this button within two seconds goes to the next display mode e Song name and time of day mode disp
303. on Positions on page 2 21 for more information 3 Let up on the shift lever and make sure the shift lever is pushed all the way into P Park Parking Over Things That Burn 4 Press the shift lever button 5 Then move the shift into the desired gear A CAUTION If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park 2 consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing 4 Move the vehicle to a safe location If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service service Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust Column Shift parts under the vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that If the column shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park can burn 1 Apply and maintain the regular brakes 2 Turn the ignition key to the ON RUN position See Ignition Positions on page 2 21 for more information 2 32 Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death Exhaust may enter the vehicle if e The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation parking garages tunnels deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes e The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different e The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e The vehic
304. on is deleted out of the in vehicle Bluetooth system it will be retained indefinitely This includes all saved name tags in the phonebook and phone pairing information For information on how to delete this information see the above sections on Deleting a Paired Phone and Deleting Name Tags 3 109 Other Information The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle s radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle 3 11
305. on still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM This message displays when the traction system is not functioning properly A warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 37 See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 8 for more information Have the system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE VARIABLE EFFORT STEERING If your vehicle has variable effort steering this message displays when if this system is not functioning properly See Steering on page 4 9 for more information Have the system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been
306. on while driving there could be a problem with the charging system A charging system message in the Driver Information Center DIC can also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive belt or that there is an electrical problem Have it checked right away If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with the light on turn off accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on and the parking brake is not applied there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away OW When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 35 If the light comes on while you are driving a chime will sound and you should pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the
307. onditions change and the system is no longer active This message cannot be acknowledged or cleared from the screen TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays when the traction system turns off See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 8 for more information This message only displays while the ignition is in ON RUN and disappears after two seconds Any of the following conditions may cause the system to turn off e The system is turned off by pressing the traction control button located on the center of the instrument panel See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 8 e The battery is low e There is a system failure See your dealer retailer for service TRUNK AJAR This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 12 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds when the gear position is shifted out of P Park Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the eng
308. onditions pull off the road stop the vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 32 Low Coolant Warning Light If your vehicle has this light it comes on briefly when you turn your ignition on as a bulb check only Tire Pressure Light For vehicles with a tire pressure light this light comes on briefly when the engine is started and e provides information about tire pressures and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires is significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC can accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information Stop and check the tires as soon as it is safe to do so If a tire is underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 55 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is On Steady This indicates that there could be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light flashes for about a minute and stays on steady for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 64 for more information 3 39 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control system
309. onsiderably For the oil life system to work properly the system must be reset every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it indicates that an oil change is necessary A change engine oil light or if the vehicle has the Driver Information Center DIC a CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on See Change Engine Oil Light on page 3 43 or DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally the oil must be changed at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where the oil is changed prior to a change engi
310. or Lamps oi xctcondetnwenmenmectachatasentenieunese sees 3 13 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver eeeeeeeees 3 15 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneea ees 5 20 Finish Damage nis sciscnes denen comsansndee webloccer de web ees 5 96 Flashers Hazard Warning 0 sceeeeeeeee eee 3 6 Flash Ao PiS S enai nn A 3 8 Flat TG ciciiecscctecctaanaccncst rann eea EaR 5 78 Flat Tire Changing messie iai 5 79 Flat Tire Stoning eresien iiie eE ERS 5 86 Fluid Automatic Transmission ceee 5 22 Power Steering ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeaees 5 35 Windshield Washer eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen tees 5 36 Fog Lamp FOG ies cek ote des eae tole E ae heeds 3 15 Folding Rear Seat ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeee es 1 8 FUG evcstehecciaaecnaciaiylateneimedieasaecatie cat petaieeemoncene 5 5 AQOIIVGS asd itaendana rE S 5 6 California Fuel o ccsseiniisiinsnneriiaiinisiniinei 5 6 Check Gas Cap Light iersisaiisrinciriciiasrnis 3 47 Driving for Better Economy 4 2 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Filling the Tank cess sineeecgemcaveacaciedeiaatuiensaeintepas 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries ceceeeneeeeeees 5 7 Gage i ved E E iene eadasieeiees 3 46 Gasoline Octane ss serien niatie tihi masies otua 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 6 Low Warning Light essssenrsrsnintasnisrstiresies 3 47 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Brea
311. ou can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged If coolant is needed add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank 5 28 How to Add Coolant to the Cooling System 3 8L V6 Engine 1 You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot OPEW Ra 40 A m gt RADIATOR RADIATEUR 18 PSI 124 kPa Zz m ie Vy 4 DEX COOL Souyere x 3 Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops Do not press down while turning the pressure cap If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap but now push down as you turn it Remove the pressure cap 3 Open the coolant air bleed valve located on the thermostat housing near the upper radiator hose See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 Engine Compartment Overview for more information on location Fill the radiator with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant on page 5 25 Engine Coolan
312. ou that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers Turn the band with the wiper symbol to control the windshield wipers W Mist Turn to mist for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the wipers start Then let go The wipers stop after one wipe Hold the band on mist longer for more wipe cycles O Off Turns the wipers off Delay Turn the band to adjust the delay time The delay between wiping cycles becomes shorter as the band is moved to the top of the lever This can be very useful in light rain or snow GB Low Speed For steady wiping at low speed GB High Speed For high speed wiping Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them Damaged wiper blades may not clear the windshield well making it harder to see and drive safely If the blades do become damaged install new blades or blade inserts For more information see Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 54 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Windshield Washer VA Washer Fluid There is a paddle marked with the windshield washer symbol at the top of the multifunction lever To spray washer fluid on the w
313. ould stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the repl
314. ount a magnetic emergency light magnetic note pad holder or any other magnetic item Turn off the vehicle move the magnetic item then turn on the vehicle and calibrate the compass To calibrate the compass use the following procedure Compass Calibration Procedure 1 Before calibrating the compass make sure the compass zone is set to the variance zone in which the vehicle is located See Compass Variance Zone Procedure earlier in this section Do not operate any switches such as window sunroof climate controls seats etc during the calibration procedure 2 Press the option button until COMPASS CALIBRATION displays 3 Press the set reset button to start the compass calibration 4 The DIC will display CALIBRATION BEGUN DRIVE IN CIRCLES Drive the vehicle in tight circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h to complete the calibration The DIC will display CALIBRATION FINISHED for a few seconds when the calibration is complete The DIC display will then return to COMPASS CALIBRATION 3 55 DIC Warnings and Messages Messages are displayed on the uplevel DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and that some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition Multiple messages may appear one after another Some messages may not require immediate action but you can press any of the uplevel DIC buttons to acknowledge that you received the message and clear it from the DIC di
315. owed is firmly attached to the dolly Towing a Trailer A CAUTION The driver can lose control when pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all The driver and passengers could be seriously injured The vehicle may also be damaged the resulting repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle 4 28 Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section and see your dealer retailer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly The following information has many time tested important trailering tips and safety
316. page 3 10 for more information TC For vehicles with the 5 3L V8 engine StabiliTrak can be turned off by pressing and holding the traction control button located above the radio for approximately five seconds A STABILITY CONTROL OFF message will be displayed on the DIC when StabiliTrak is turned off StabiliTrak will remain off until the traction control button is pressed once to turn it back on or until the engine is restarted Traction Control System TCS The vehicle may have a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the front brakes and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin It may also upshift the transmission to limit wheel spin The system may be heard or felt while it is working but this is normal The TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE message on the Driver Information Center DIC will be displayed when the system is limiting wheel spin If cruise control is being used when TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control automatically disengages The cruise control can be re engaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 10 TCS operates in all transmission shift lever positions But the system can upshift the transmission only as high as the shift lever position that was chosen so
317. paired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed I f driving regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure vehicle safety dependability and emission control performance Your dealer retailer can assist with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to the vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by the vehicle warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 25 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least On
318. part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 10 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance 5 3L Engine of sparks getting back to the battery is much less 11 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run 7 Connect the red positive cable to the positive the engine for a while terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery 12 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs has one service 8 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 5 46 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Posi
319. pedal is harder to push Or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 A CAUTION The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped have the vehicle towed for service 3 36 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light comes on briefly when the engine is started If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off If the light comes on while driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light stays on or comes on again while driving the vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on the vehicle still has brakes but not antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 35 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and
320. peration of the vehicle s engine radio or other systems and could damage them Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment Notice The chime signals related to safety belts parking brake and other functions of your vehicle operate through the radio entertainment system If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle before installing it See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 22 for more information Setting the Clock Press and hold H until the correct hour and AM or PM displays Press and hold M until the correct minute displays The clock can be set with the ignition on or off Radio s opm 6 CI I GI SSIES Radio with Six Disc CD Radio with CD MP3 shown Radio with CD similar The vehicle has one of these radios as its audio system 3 83 Playing the Radio G Power Press to turn the system on and off sd Volume Turn to increase or to decrease the volume DISP Display Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and time of day While the ignition is off press this button to display the time If the vehicle s radi
321. played on the DIC The DIC will then display PRESS UNLOCK SWITCH ON KEY FOB Press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter and the setting will be saved for that RKE transmitter After programming the last option the message PERSONAL OPTIONS SAVED appears on the DIC display for a few seconds then the display returns to the PERSONAL PROGRAM main screen Exiting the Personal Program Menu The personal program menu will be exited when any of the following occurs e The vehicle is shifted out of P Park e The vehicle is no longer in ON RUN e The end of the personal program menu is reached 3 81 Audio System s Determine which radio the vehicle has and read the following pages to become familiar with its features A CAUTION Taking your eyes off the road for extended periods could cause a crash resulting in injury or death to you or others Do not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings To minimize taking your eyes off the road while driving do the following while the vehicle is parked e Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system e Set up the tone speaker adjustments and preset radio stations For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 3 82 Notice Contact your dealer retailer before adding any equipment Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with the o
322. ply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include e Allow extra following distance e Pass with caution e Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape e Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 55 e Turn off cruise control Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clea
323. profile and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up visit the My GM Canada section within www gm ca Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Buick has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Buick by dialing 1 800 83 BUICK TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Buick encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Buick the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Buick Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33136 Detroit MI 48232 5136 www Buick com 1 800 521 7300 1 800 832 8425 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 252 1112 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Cou
324. programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons To program either radio 1 2 Turn the radio on Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped Tune to the desired station Press EQ to select the equalization Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until the radio beeps once When that numbered pushbutton is pressed again the station and equalization that were stored returns Repeat the steps for each pushbutton 3 86 Setting the Tone Bass Treble Py Bass Treble Press and release until BASS or TREBLE displays Turn to increase or to decrease the bass or treble Press and hold 2 to adjust the bass and treble to the middle position The radio beeps once To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press and hold 2 when no tone or speaker control displays ALL CENTERED displays and the radio beeps once EQ Equalization Press to select customized equalization settings To return the bass and treble to the manual mode press and release until BASS or TREBLE displays Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade d Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press and release until BAL balance displays Turn to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press and release until FAD fade displays Turn amp to move the sound toward the fron
325. pting to program the Universal Home Remote Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in the programming the Universal Home Remote Keep the original hand held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future Universal Home Remote programming It is also recommended that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Universal Home Remote buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section When programming a garage door park outside of the garage Park directly in line with and facing the garage door opener motor head or gate motor head Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate you are programming It is recommended that a new battery be installed in your hand held transmitter for quicker and more accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Programming the Universal Home Remote System If you have questions or need help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 800 355 3515 or go to www homelink com Programming a garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before you begin If you do not follow these actions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the procedure 2 43 To program up to three devices 1 Turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Programming can only occur with the vehicle in AC
326. r 5 53 Windshield Replacement Your vehicle is equipped with an acoustic windshield If you ever have to have your windshield replaced be sure to get an acoustic windshield so you will continue to have the benefits an acoustic windshield can provide Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For the proper type and length see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 Here is how to remove the wiper blade 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm connector away from the windshield 5 54 While holding the wiper arm pull the clip up from the blade connecting point and pull the blade assembly down toward the windshield to remove it from the wiper arm Install the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and snap the clip into place Tires CAUTION Continued Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever e Underinflated tires pose the same danger have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overh
327. r or on 3 19 Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlets enable power electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone The vehicle has 12 volt outlets One outlet is located on the center console below the climate controls There may be another outlet located inside the center storage console or in the flip and fold console Open the cover to use the outlet Be sure to close the cover when the outlet is not in use Notice Adding any electrical equipment to the vehicle can damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment 3 20 Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible to the power accessory outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Notice Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery Power is always supplied to the outlets Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maxim
328. r Operation 2 19 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Perimeter Lighting 2 csceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesereees 3 18 Phone Bluetooth 0 0 00 ee cc cccccceeeseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 99 Power Door LOCKS sisseccss cra cyeaeh catiencantoenecesccatitesaseontwe 2 9 Electrical System wscecceseieiiens eerie discs 5 98 Lumbar Controls ccceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 1 3 Reduced Engine Light seeeeeeeeeeeees 3 44 Retained Accessory cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerees 2 22 SOO gt aise catoiap E E ck eiieen ant 1 2 Steering FU ercas ninae a 5 35 WIUNGOWS diedi ness munisa eaae aaae Enana 2 15 Pressure Cap a caseecantectestycctecaseenceetaabiarencenenes 5 32 PIIVAGCY sivectovtet ties r E EE 7 16 Event Data Recorders e eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 17 Navigation System s s s srresrseecrer cinne reereenes 7 18 Onsale aae a a E E sates 7 18 Radio Frequency Identification 0 7 18 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Radiator Pressure Cap ccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 32 Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 7 18 Fadio S ienen een aE E Ei 3 83 Radios Recep aronet ai E 3 112 Setting the COCK siiani ah 3 82 TNSt Detement icsiciececsees ninesini nonae 3 110 Rear Assist Handle Reading Lamps 3 18 10 Rear Door Security Locks 0c eceeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimmin
329. r Unlock 2 10 Manual Rearview Mirror ccecce 2 35 Rear Door Security LOCKS 0 eeeeeeeeneee ees 2 11 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 2 35 Lockout Protection screenide aena E 2 11 Outside Power Mirrors ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee trees 2 36 TURK raea a e E nacad 2 12 Outside Convex Mirror cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 36 WINS sit ose heer oes cat ttosaeceesieas 2 14 Outside Heated Mirrors eeeeeeeeeee 2 36 Power WINKOWS isc ccoe ccd sesac sean eniesnserenaenndesey 2 15 Object Detection Systems 2 37 SUN ViSOl Sirtema diseased levee idee 2 16 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 2 37 Theft Deterrent Systems 00 c cccceeeeees 2 16 OnStar System 0 cc cc ccceeccccccceeeeessseeeeeeeees 2 39 Content Theft Deterrent SEEE A srereseretenenretennt 2 17 Universal Home Remote System E meeeeae 2 42 PASS Key 5 II Electronic Immobilizer E E 2 18 Universal Home Remote System Operation PRE 2 43 po Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 19 Storage Areas cccccccec cee ec eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 2 47 SP OTAOM eissi goer a cotton ay i Glove BOX lt sicsecancenacsnhosmsotnte 2 47 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 21 Cu pholdelS pentas sesshacdacegassnabsbidiaceenseseceseags 2 47 New Vehicle Break In ssseereereerrerrerreerrenee 2 21 Center Console Storage csceeereeeeeeeee 2 47 Ignition POSITIONS lt icscessecdi
330. r into the vehicle to maintain interior air quality Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window The rear window defogger will only work when the engine is running K Rear Window Defogger Press to turn the rear window defogger on and off Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible The rear window defogger turns off about 20 minutes after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger only runs for about 20 minutes before turning off The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine The heated outside rearview mirrors help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defog button is pressed Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty a Heated Seats Press to turn the driver or passenger heated seats on and off See Heated Seats on page 1 3 for additional information 3 27 Sensors The solar sensor on the vehicle monitors the solar heat and the air inside of the vehicle This information is used to maintain the selected temperature by initiating needed adjustments to the temperature the fan speed and the air delivery system
331. r more information Torque Lock Torque lock is when the weight of the vehicle puts too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission This happens when parking on a hill and shifting the transmission into P Park is not done properly and then it is difficult to shift out of P Park To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into P Park To find out how see Shifting Into Park in this section If torque lock does occur your vehicle may need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle to relieve the parking pawl pressure so you can shift out of P Park Shifting Out of Park Automatic Transmission Shift Lock The vehicle has an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in P Park e Prevent movement of the shift lever out of P Park unless the ignition is in ON RUN and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock is always functional except in the case of a an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 42 2 31 Console Shift 3 Shift out of the P Park position to the N Neutral osition If the console shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park p 1 Apply and maintain the regular brakes 2 Turn the ignition to ON RUN position See Igniti
332. r vehicle may have a red light located on top of the instrument panel toward the center of the vehicle and near the windshield that will flash slowly when the system is armed Figg ig a a The theft deterrent alarm system needs to be activated through the Driver Information Center DIC See CONTENT THEFT under Customization Menu Items in DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 While armed the doors will not unlock with the power door lock switch The remote alarm will sound if someone tampers with the trunk or enters the vehicle without using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or key to unlock the doors The horn will sound and the headlamps will flash for up to two minutes The system will also cut off the fuel supply preventing the vehicle from being driven Arming with the Power Lock Switch The vehicle s content theft deterrent alarm system can be activated when the key is removed from the ignition and the power door lock switch of either the driver s or front passenger s door is used to lock the vehicle The door needs to be in the open position when pressing the power door lock switch The system will not arm if the door is closed when the power door lock switch is pressed This system can be activated through the Driver Information Center DIC See CONTENT THEFT under Customization Menu Items in DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 When the doors are locked using the po
333. r vehicle slows down 1 58 Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Your vehicle may or may not have roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 53 Roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to sever
334. rcuit or SC short circuit will appear on the display If this occurs have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The uplevel DIC also allows some features to be customized or personalized See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 for more information DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the center of the instrument panel Depending on whether your vehicle has the base level or uplevel DIC the buttons and modes available will differ The base level buttons are the trip odometer and English Metric buttons The uplevel buttons are the trip odometer fuel gages set reset and option buttons The button functions are detailed in the following pages 3 48 DIC Buttons Uplevel shown TRIP ODO Trip Odometer For vehicles with the base level DIC press this button to display the odometer and trip distance For vehicles with the uplevel DIC press this button to display the odometer trip distance time elapsed and average speed E M English Metric For vehicles with the base level DIC press this button to select between English or Metric units For vehicles with the uplevel DIC to select between English or Metric units see Units later in this section m Fuel Press this button to display the fuel range and average fuel economy K gt Gages Press this button to display the battery voltage oil life an
335. re When increasing the tire s pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have two minutes to match each tire and wheel position If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position the matching process stops and you need to start over The TPMS sensor matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 5 68 10 11 Press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s LOCK and UNLOCK buttons at the same time for approximately five seconds The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and the TPMS sensor matching process can begin Start with the driver side front tire Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for 10 seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which may take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Aft
336. re information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 33 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle is stuck in the snow e Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe e Check again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there CAUTION Continued Run the engine for short periods only as needed to keep warm but be careful To save fuel run the engine for only short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and close the window most of the way to save heat Repeat this until help arrives but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold Moving about to keep warm also helps If it takes some time for help to arrive now and then when you run the engine push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps Do this as little as possible to save fuel If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehic
337. re is between 37 F 3 C and 90 F 32 C the last control setting selected when the engine was running will be used Normal operation and the last setting of the climate control system will return after the key is turned to the ON RUN position 3 21 A Fan Control B Temperature Control C Air Delivery Mode Control D Recirculation E Air Conditioning F Rear Window Defogger OFF Turn the fan control knob to this position to turn the climate control system off 8 Fan Turn the knob by this symbol located on the left side of the climate control panel clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed The fan speed is temporarily reduced when adjusting modes but resumes the original speed when the transition to the new mode is complete 3 22 Temperature Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle Air Delivery Mode Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to change the direction of the airflow inside the vehicle Select from the following air delivery modes 7 Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets If driving in city traffic and the vehicle is stopped and idling or the weather is hot turning on the recirculation mode helps to prevent the air inside the vehicle from becoming stale After five minutes recirculate will allow some outside air into the vehicle ind Bi Level Air is divided between the i
338. re that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 70 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers wi
339. rements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Cold Temperature Operation If in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 engine oil Both provide easier cold starting for the engine at extremely low temperatures Always use an oil that meets the required specification GM6094M See What Kind of Engine Oil to Use for more information Engine Oil Additives Engine Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary c
340. ress again to turn off random play lt 1 SEEK gt Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current or the previous track Press the right arrow to go to the start of the next track To scan tracks press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds SCAN displays The radio goes to the next track plays 10 seconds then goes to the next track To scan one CD on a Six Disc CD player press and hold either SEEK arrow for more than two seconds until TRACK SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to the next track plays for 10 seconds then goes to the next track Press either arrow again to stop scanning To scan all loaded CDs press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds until ALL CD SCAN displays and a beep sounds Use this feature to listen to 10 seconds of the first track of each loaded CD Press either arrow again to stop scanning DISP Display Press to see how long the current track has been playing The elapsed time of the track displays To change the default on the display track or elapsed time press until the desired display appears then hold the button for two seconds The radio produces one beep and the selected display becomes the default 3 91 BAND Press to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD Press to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD symbol displays when a CD is loaded EQ Equalization
341. ressure Power Remote Vehicle Start JDO Safety Belt Reminders t Tire Pressure Monitor gt Traction Control Windshield Washer Fluid 0 Section 1 Seats and Restraint System Front Seats moccanni non 1 2 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Power Seals iin cavegasinect ance sade dii adenine 1 2 ATCA oeta a Ea 1 42 Power Lumbar sisieun miotsen iiae r nener 1 3 Securing a Child Restraint in a Heated Seats csonton annen arin 1 3 Rear Seat Position eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen 1 48 Reclining Seatbacks srsssesisreerneieneisesieie 1 4 Securing a Child Restraint in the Head Restraints cecceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 6 Center Front Seat Position eeeeee 1 50 Center Seat cccececeeee eee ietin iin En 1 7 Securing a Child Restraint in the Rear Seals uccan aaia 1 8 Right Front Seat Position eee 1 50 Split Folding Rear Seat cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 1 8 Airbag System cece eee eee eeeeeeeee eee ees 1 53 Safety Belts csc cxcss ccctscansstenttesatewschaslactasanchepaces 1 9 Where Are the Airbags seeeeeee 1 56 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone n s 1 9 When Should an Airbag Inflate 1 58 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 002 1 14 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 0 1 59 Lap Shoulder Belt 0 ccccccccssessessessessesseseeees 1 22 How Does an Airbag Restrain 0 1 60 Safe
342. rking See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 33 for more information Notice f an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 59 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If the vehicle has been in a crash do you need new safety belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates
343. rming the theft deterrent system PASS Key III uses a transponder in the ignition key that matches a decoder in the vehicle When the PASS Key III system senses that the wrong key has been inserted into the ignition it shuts down the vehicle s starter and fuel systems The starter will not work and fuel will stop flowing to the engine If someone tries to start the vehicle again with the wrong key the vehicle will not start Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged to do so because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the STARTING DISABLED warning message on the Driver Information Center DIC comes on there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 98 lf the engine still does not start with the other key the vehicle needs service If the vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key III to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information It is possible for the PASS Key IIl decoder to accept the transponder value of a new or replacement ke
344. rned off ON default The content theft deterrent system will be turned on When ON is selected the content theft deterrent system will be armed when the vehicle is locked by pressing the lock button on the RKE transmitter or by pressing the power door lock switch See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 17 and Power Door Locks on page 2 9 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 78 FOB LOCK FEEDBACK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Press the option button until FOB LOCK FEEDBACK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no feedback when locking the vehicle LIGHTS The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS and HORN default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC REMOTE START If your vehicle has remote start this feature allows the remote start to be turned off or on The remote start feature
345. rosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN w SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side It can be seen through the windshield from outside the vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine
346. rovinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider The person keeps going until stopped by something does not stop In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can
347. rtain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that the first service be Maintenance I the second service be Maintenance II and then alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the light or message displays within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the light or message displays 10 months or more since the last service or if the light or message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote k Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 See footnote I Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed
348. ructions that came with that child restraint 1 39 Where to Put the Restraint According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding ina booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 40 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing chil
349. s ceeeeeeeneeeeeeees 5 93 Fabric Carpet sariren eane EEEN 5 91 Finish Care cccecceceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 94 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMAGCES csi scec2secas cededelaatvesessieegecieweyseelaes 5 92 WNLGMOR eaa a ESE eens 5 89 beather crieessriece iae ienaa nE EN 5 91 MES iea a a E E E ES 5 96 Underbody Maintenance easceeseeeeenenennna 5 96 Washing Your Vehicle asaancneneisnrnnrrna 5 93 WeatherStrips c ecceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeteeees 5 92 Windshield and Wiper Blades 004 5 94 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 21 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 3 29 Dual Automate iirinn isn aic na ceiveie 3 24 Outlet Adjustment 2 0 2 0 cceeeeeee testes eee eee eenes 3 28 Clock SEWING serosa a aa a aa TEREE 3 82 Collision Damage Repair cceeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 11 Compact Spare Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 5 89 COMPASS scien are tsi heeled 3 54 Content Theft Deterrent cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 17 Control of a Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeneees 4 3 Convenience Net lt csise2eistenaeieesesieeterteceaeteces 2 47 Coolant EN QING airinn i a i ERES 5 25 Engine Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeneee ees 3 38 Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 38 Low Warning Light z 2ics22ccceecleiten cleans 3 39 Cooling System ceeeeeeee eee eee
350. s The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat Outside Heated Mirrors GW or Gj Rear Window Defogger Depending on the vehicle press to heat the mirrors See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 24 or Climate Control System on page 3 21 for more information Ultrasonic Rear Parking If you do not use proper care before and while Assist U RPA backing vehicle damage injury or death could i r occur Even with URPA always check behind the For vehicles with the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist vehicle before backing up While backing be sure URPA system it operates at speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h and assists the driver with parking and avoiding objects while in R Reverse The sensors on the rear bumper are used to detect the distance to an object up to 5 feet 1 5 m behind the vehicle and at least 10 inches 25 4 cm off the ground A CAUTION yy The Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system does not replace driver vision It cannot detect to look for objects and check the vehicle s mirrors The display is located above the rear window and can be seen by looking over your right shoulder e objects that are below the bumper underneath the vehicle or if they are too close or far from the vehicle URPA uses three color coded lights to provide distance e children pedestrians bicyclists or pets
351. s For information on the headlamps see Exterior Lamps on page 3 13 Information for these features is on the pages following 3 7 Turn and Lane Change Signals An arrow on the instrument panel cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change Move the lever up or down to signal a turn Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change Hold it there until the lane change is complete The lever returns to its original position whenever it is released If after signaling a turn or lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on a signal bulb may be burned out Have the bulbs replaced If the bulb is not burned out check the fuse See Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps on page 5 50 for turn signal bulb replacement procedures and Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 98 for location of fuses A chime will sound if the turn signal is left on for more than 3 4 mile 1 2 km 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal multifunction lever away from you This instrument panel cluster light D comes on if the high beam lamps are turned on while the ignition is in ON RUN To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps momentarily to signal a driver in front of y
352. s It ensures that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment This light should come on when the ignition is on but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the check engine light comes on and stays on while the engine is running this indicates that there is an OBD II problem and service is required 3 40 Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent Being aware of the light can prevent more serious damage to the vehicle This system assists the service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If the vehicle is continually driven with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well the vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of the vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect the vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emis
353. s Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue S E Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 521 7300 or write Buick Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33136 Detroit MI 48232
354. s can be seriously injured or killed Never put a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat Secure a rear facing child restraint in a rear seat It is also better to secure a forward facing child restraint in a rear seat If you must secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go Q A 1 36 What are the different types of add on child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during a crash infants need complete support This is because an infant s neck is not fully developed and
355. s corrected Severe engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure See Engine Oil on page 5 15 for more information This message displays when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The oil pressure light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 42 Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible when this message is displayed This message displays only when the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds continuously when this message is displayed This message cannot be acknowledged and cleared from the screen This message re displays for a few seconds if the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 63 LOW WASHER FLUID This message displays when the windshield washer fluid is low Fill the windshield washer reservoir as soon as possible See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the windshield washer reservoir Also see Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 36 for more information This message displays and a chime sounds only when the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been
356. s is what you will see KIRA LES 5 12 mom IO Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 36 Battery on page 5 41 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 42 Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 29 Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 100 Engine Coolant Recovery Tank See Cooling System on page 5 24 Radiator Pressure Cap on page 5 32 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Out of View See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 35 Electric Engine Cooling Fans See Cooling System on page 5 24 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 22 Engine Coolant Bleed Valve See How to Add Coolant to the Radiator under Cooling System on page 5 24 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 38 Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 When you open the hood on the 5 3L V8 engine here is what you will see A N ACS vi A is kg ez i ie wy 5 14 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield
357. s normal If there is a problem with the battery charging system a DIC message will display See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for more information See Electric Power Management on page 3 18 for more information 3 51 Oil Life Press the gages button until OIL LIFE displays This mode shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life If you see OIL LIFE 99 on the display that means 99 of the current oil life remains The engine oil life system will alert you to change your oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions When the remaining oil life is low the CHANGE OIL SOON message will appear on the display You should change your oil as soon as possible See Engine Oil on page 5 15 In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Remember you must reset the OIL LIFE yourself after each oil change It will not reset itself Also be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 The display will show 100 when the system is reset 3 52 Tire Pressure On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS press the gages button until FRONT
358. s or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 93 5 93 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer If the vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If n
359. s reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps one and two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you may call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or you may write to the Mediation Arbitration Program at the following address Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Co
360. s the number it responds with OK Dialing and dials the number e If the system does not recognize the number it confirms the numbers followed by a tone If the number is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Dialing and dials the number If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered Using the Digit Dial Command 1 Press and hold XX for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Digit Dial The system responds with Digit dial using lt phone name gt please say the first digit to dial followed by a tone Say the digit to be dialed one at a time Following each digit the system will repeat back the digit it heard followed by a tone Continue entering digits until the number to be dialed is complete After the whole number has been entered say Dial The system responds with OK Dialing and dials the number e If an unwanted number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the last number e To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system say Verify at any time and the system will repeat them 3 105 Using the Call Command 1 Press and hold X for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Call The system responds with Call using lt phone name gt Please say the name tag followed by a tone
361. s to a low level the brake e The brake fluid level goes down because of normal warning light comes on See Brake System Warning brake lining wear When new linings are installed Light on page 3 35 the fluid level goes back up e A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause a low fluid level Have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well 5 38 What to Add Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid from a sealed container See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 93 5 39 Brake Wear This vehicle has disc brakes Di
362. safety rules and 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib trailering tips passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 4 22 Example 1 Item Description Total Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for ae Example 1 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x2 Example 2 Item Description Total Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for ae Example 2 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 Available Occupant e and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg Available Cargo ZZ Weight 250 Ibs 113 kg 4 23 Example 3 Item Description Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 0 Ibs 0 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x5 Available Cargo Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the 4 24 driver passengers and cargo should never _ exceed your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight Certification Label S T MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP m DATE GWR GAWRFRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gig Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATAOF M WN ABOVE 200 ASS CAR J A v
363. sc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time the vehicle is moving except when applying the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When the brake wear warning sound is heard have the vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes 5 40 Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 104 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time the brakes are applied with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many par
364. se Block eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 100 Windshield Wiper Fuses ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 98 Electronic Immobilizer PASS Key lE enpensi 2 18 Electronic Immobilizer Operation PASS Key IIl ccccccccccceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 2 19 Engine Air Cleaner Filter risiivcisiivomiinnsrriuasieiinnass 5 20 Change Engine Oil Light eeeeeeeeeeeee 3 43 Check and Service Engine Soon Lamp 3 40 Coolant ass aces a te daias itedante EE 5 25 Coolant Heater cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee eeee 2 24 Coolant Temperature Gage ceeeeeeeeeeee es 3 38 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 38 Drive Belt Routing 02 c eceeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ee 6 14 Engine Compartment Overview 0 0 eeee 5 12 Exhaust niccccnneds nedaretgandebiamincetedewecd teeewewenban 2 33 Oil Sesck eds E etic aadinted E EE 5 15 Oil Life System 20 2 0 cece eee eee eeeeeeeeee eee eee eens 5 18 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 35 OVEINEALNG sasiesc di checcss aaciageneuade eoD E EETA 5 32 Reduced Power Light ceeeeeeeeereeees 3 44 Starting escssciadeedeade r TE A REENEN 2 23 Enhanced Traction System ETS 0 0 4 8 Warning Light sci tacuAccidanaaens ost ennaii 3 37 Entry LINING sissies id conetpetduwuschea a aE ei 3 16 Event Data Recorders sceeeeeeeeeeereeeeees 7 17 Extender Safety Belt c ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 Exteri
365. se shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 55 Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 63 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 48 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 39 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on DELAYED LOCKING This message displays to inform the driver that even though a door lock switch or the lock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter has been pressed that actual locking of the doors is being delayed because the delayed locking feature has been activated in the DIC See DELAYED LOCKING under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 for more information This message appears and a chime sounds when the ignition is off This message cannot be acknowledged DRIVER S DOOR AJAR This message displays when the driver door is not closed properly Make sure that the door is closed compl
366. shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The belt should return to its stowed position Slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing when the safety belt is not in use The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop on the side wall Before a door is closed be sure the safety belt is out of the way If a door is slammed against a safety belt damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle 1 23 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger seating positions Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on the shoulder The belt should be away from the face and neck but not falling off the shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash Press down on the release lever A and move the height adjuster to the desired position After the adjuster is set to the desired position try to move it down without pressing the release lever to make sure it has locked into position 1 24 Safety Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen they are part o
367. sion Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades e If towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required An emission system malfunction might be corrected by doing the following e Make sure the fuel cap is fully installed See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off e Ifthe vehicle has been driven through a deep puddle of wa
368. smission must be in P Park to open the trunk Remote Trunk Release This feature is used to unlock the trunk from inside the vehicle using the power door lock switch ry Press and hold the top ep of the driver s or front HOLD passenger s power door a lock switch to unlock the trunk The vehicle must be in P Park to unlock the trunk Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located on the trunk latch of the trunk lid This handle will glow following exposure to light If ever needed pull the emergency trunk release handle to open the trunk from the inside Trunk Lid Pull Down Handle and Tie Down Features Your vehicle has a trunk lid pull down handle A located on the inside of the trunk lid on the driver s side of the vehicle Use the handle to pull down the trunk lid when closing it Your vehicle also has a tie down feature B located on the inside the trunk lid on the passenger s side of the vehicle that can be used to secure the trunk lid when large items are stored in the trunk Windows A CAUTION L
369. sories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off e Audio System e Power Windows Power to these accessories continues to work for 10 minutes or until a door is opened Starting the Engine Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neutral The engine will not start in any other position To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only Notice Do not try to shift to P Park if the vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to P Park only when the vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will slow down as the engine warms Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts The vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking
370. spense fuel only into approved containers e Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside A CAUTION of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and is complete start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil Do not smoke while pumping fuel coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other Do not use a cellular phone while fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could pumping fuel be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the interior hood release handle with this symbol on it It is located to the left of the steering column below the instrument panel 2 Push the secondary hood release lever located under the center of the hood above the grille up and to the right to disengage it 3 Lift the hood Before closing the hood make sure all the filler caps are properly secured Pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 3 8L V6 engine thi
371. splay Some messages cannot be cleared from the DIC display because they are more urgent These messages require action before they can be cleared If there are any active warning messages when the vehicle is turned off two chimes sound and the DIC goes into a reminder mode The reminder mode displays any active message If there are multiple messages the DIC displays each message for five seconds After each active message is displayed once the reminder mode turns off You should take any messages that appear on the display seriously and remember that clearing the messages will only make the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them 3 56 A C OFF FOR ENGINE PROTECTION This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 38 To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor is automatically turned off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioning compressor turns back on You can continue to drive your vehicle This message comes on while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this warning message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays
372. ssistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep this vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from the vehicle To help protect the environment and to keep the vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain the vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help keep this vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use the vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the followin
373. ssure on page 5 63 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 5 69 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 66 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 104 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 5 70 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need new tires if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge
374. ssure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Check to make sure that you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card
375. stem and brake system It is a good idea to inspect these before and during the trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 4 34 Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 5 32 Changing a Tire When Trailer Towing If the vehicle gets a flat tire while towing a trailer be sure to secure the trailer and disconnect it from the vehicle before changing the tire Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE asarna hayes aE EEA 5 3 Accessories and Modifications cecceceee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 2 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle erisir eiin wedge bees 5 5 Fuel or E E EE 5 5 Gasoline Octane s eiicsisnriinierenrsrd rinii enni sesse 5 5 Gasoline Specifications c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 5 6 California Fuel ccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeneees 5 6 AGOIIVGS Arsen eaa r aE a N 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries 0ceeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the TANK sis cscsceccecteectsnnntonasnoediecendebie peste 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 005 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Release ccceceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneseeeees 5 11 Engine Compartment Overvi
376. sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 64 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use
377. t Airbag Readiness cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen teeta eres 3 33 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning 3 36 Brake System Warning c cceceeeeeeeeeneee ees 3 35 Change Engine Oil ccceeeeeee eee eeee een eees 3 43 Charging SVStOM osc iicsss cen teaesacanassese niian ni 3 35 Check Gas Cap is icc orirrenarnsiiienisi soi aiioe 3 47 Cruise Control sisirin ea aa 3 44 DOOrAJal eyini a EE 3 45 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 38 Enhanced Traction System ETS Warning Light ic cceeiesccideasedorcbesscaetinaeeaeys 3 37 Highbeam On siviciceseleiciarstashinas EENE 3 45 Low Coolant Warning eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 39 Low Fuel Warning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 47 Low Washer Fluid Warning eeeeeeeees 3 45 Oil PreSSUre a nindi nenne nsa ence eee EREE 3 42 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 34 Reduced Engine Power eeeeeeeeeees 3 44 Safety Belt Reminders cceeeeeneeeeeeees 3 32 SOCUNILY sinisa ea Bi E E EE 3 44 Service Vehicle SOON n 3 46 TCS Warning Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 3 37 Tire PRESSURE 2 cccicctictwt anasto oiek 3 39 Traction Control System TCS Warning 3 37 TRURK HAAN orse alee cet tenia E pemaie 3 45 Lighting Delayed Entry 3 icc cnccceveccomestachnoimenenniecdeectaret 3 17 Delayed Exit maram a a a o NES 3 17 ENUY cpicetideadbavmaanertanacancun nsec na EEEE
378. t from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you These problems can be avoided by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there is no room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem The vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 4 It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions it can be turned a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery The vehicle s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that the vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement Turn the steering wheel 3 to 5 inches 8 to 13 cm a
379. t the engine idle If the temperature overheat gage is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer displays the vehicle can be driven Continue to drive the vehicle slow for about 10 minutes Keep a safe vehicle distance from the car in front of you If the warning does not come back on continue to drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park the vehicle right away If there is no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warning is still displayed turn off the engine until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode This emergency operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency situation If an overheated engine condition exists an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a significant loss in power and engine performance The REDUCED POWER STOP WHEN SAFE message will come on in the Driver Information Center DIC if the vehicle has one along with the engine coolant temperature warning light on the instrument panel to indicate the vehicle has entered overheated engine protection operating mode The temperature gage will also indicate an overheat condition exists Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mo
380. t also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 37 See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information If this message turns on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off and then back on If this message still stays on or turns back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the StabiliTrak System inspected by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press any of the DIC buttons to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for two seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for two seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 69 SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system programmed in the key A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer retailer before turning off the engine See PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer Operation on page 2 1
381. t for more information about the proper coolant mixture If you see a stream of coolant coming from the air bleed valve close the valve Otherwise close the valve after the radiator is filled Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine and the compartment 5 29 6 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the COLD 9 By this time the coolant level inside the radiator FILL line filler neck may be lower If the level is lower add 7 Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank but ran A E oy P ag ae leave the radiator pressure cap off Tougn INE MYE NECK UNUL ie Ver EACNES the base of the filler neck 10 Then replace the radiator pressure cap At any time during this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the filler neck reinstall the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated 11 Check the coolant in the recovery tank The level in the coolant recovery tank should be at the COLD FILL line when the engine is cold 8 Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fans 5 30 How to Add Coolant to the Cooling System 5 3L V8 Engine 1 You can remove the pressure cap when the cooling system including RADIATOR RADIATEUR the pressure cap le a and upper radiator i hose is no longer Yy DEK cOOl hot Turn the Ys ouyaie pressure cap slowly counterclockwise Zz m x 3
382. t higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one
383. t is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced If the reduced engine power light is on a chime will sound and a noticeable reduction in the vehicle s performance may occur Anytime the reduced engine power light stays on the vehicle should be taken to an authorized GM dealer retailer as soon as possible for service Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 for more information Low Washer Fluid Warning Light This light will come on briefly when the ignition is on If the light stays on a chime will sound indicating your windshield washer fluid is low See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 36 for more information Door Ajar Light When the ignition is on this light will stay on until all doors are closed D d and completely latched You will hear a chime if a door is unlatched after the engine is started and the vehicle is not in PARK P Trunk Ajar Light This light will come on and a chime will sound if the trunk is ajar and the vehicle is not in P Park Try closing the trunk again Never drive with the trunk open 3 45 Service Vehicle Soon Lig ht Here are four things that some owners ask about J If the light comes on see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Fuel Gage 3 46 All these things are normal and do not indicate that This light comes on if anything is wrong
384. t mode To prevent the air inside the vehicle from becoming stale after five minutes recirculation lets some outside air into the vehicle 3 23 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window G3 Rear Press turn the rear window defogger on or off An indicator light comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on The rear window defogger only works when the ignition is in ON RUN The rear window defogger stays on for about 20 minutes after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger only runs for about 20 minutes before turning off The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine The heated outside rearview mirrors help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defog button is pressed Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 3 24 Dual Automatic Climate Control System With this system the heating cooling and ventilation can be controlled A AUTO H Heated Seats B OFF Rear Window C Fan Control Defogger D Display J Air Delivery M
385. t or the rear speakers To adjust the balance and the fade to the middle position press then press and hold amp until the radio beeps once To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press and hold amp when no tone or speaker control displays ALL CENTERED displays and the radio beeps once Finding a Category CAT Station XM Satellite Radio Service Only To select and find a desired category 1 Press the CAT button to enter the category select mode The current category displays 2 Turn the 2 knob to select a category 3 Once the desired category is displayed press either SEEK arrow to go to the category s first station 4 Press either SEEK arrow again to go to another station within that category The category will display If CAT times out and is no longer on the display go back to Step 1 5 Press CAT to exit the category select mode or wait for CAT to time out If the radio cannot find the desired category NOT FOUND displays and the radio returns to the last station that was being listened to 3 87 Scanning Categories CAT XM Satellite Radio Service Only To scan a desired category 1 Press the CAT button to enter the category select mode The current category displays 2 Turn the 2 knob to select a category 3 Press either SEEK arrow for two seconds once the desired category is displayed to scan the stations in that category 4 Press either SEEK arrow again to s
386. t passenger position if your vehicle has one which has a lap belt See Lap Belt on page 1 28 for more information The following instructions explain how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 2 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way the child restraint locking feature may be engaged If this happens let the belt go back all the way and start again 1 22 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle check if the correct buckle is being used Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 29 Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 4 If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the
387. t the same time In many emergencies steering can help more than even the very best braking StabiliTrak System The vehicle may be equipped with a vehicle stability enhancement system called StabiliTrak It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path When the system activates STABILITY CONTROL ACTIVE comes on the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 The system may be heard or felt while it is working This is normal Continue to steer the vehicle in the intended direction The Traction Control warning light comes on the instrument panel cluster when a problem is detected with StabiliTrak If there is a problem detected with StabiliTrak a SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM or STABILITY CONTROL OFF message will be displayed on the DIC When this message is displayed the system is not operational Driving should be adjusted accordingly If cruise control is being used when StabiliTrak activates the cruise control automatically disengages The cruise control can be reengaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on
388. t to the correct mileage total of the old odometer Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm 3 32 Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind a driver to fasten the safety belt unless the driver safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light comes on and stays on for several seconds then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s safety belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This only occurs if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel comes on and stays on for several seconds and then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion 2 If the passenger safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on The front passenger safety belt warning light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase handbag grocery bag laptop or other electronic device
389. te of any service work performed See Maintenance Record on page 6 15 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Things added to the outside of the vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies the vehicle s engine The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 97 Gasoline Octane If the vehicle has the 3 8L V6 engine VIN Code 2 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If the vehicle has the 5 3L V8 engine VIN Code C use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You can
390. tenna eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeen eens 3 113 Battery oiea aae Mae a E N 5 41 Electric Power Management acccccccccccne 3 18 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 3 15 Run Down Protection s i2 2c0vesctsscseeseeiieees 3 19 Bluetooth naenin anoei ii ae ienei 3 99 Brake Emergentes sisismronicim iins meita as Teese 4 5 Brake FUNG ice cccciiacctiedtatacaucitascateeeeageaneecepenees 5 38 Biako S anoen eee eaneeees 5 38 System Warning Light eeeeeeeeeeeeee eres 3 35 BraKING isidir nsaan iann enia a tude 4 4 Braking in Emergencies cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee 4 5 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeenes 2 21 Bulb Replacement cceeeceeenereeeeeeeeeeeees 5 50 Halogen BUDS ci ccccnswwecnieestatedoncmennienecnieesd 5 50 Headlamp Aiming ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 47 License Plate Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 53 Bulb Replacement cont Replacement Bulbs e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 5 53 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps 5 50 Buying New TireS c eceeceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 71 CalibratlOMm voren aniani a nro E 3 54 California Fuel ssercc ii eccnscria dered avi 5 6 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning eeeee 5 4 Canadian OWNe S ccceeceeeeee eee eeee eee eeaeeaeeneeaees ii Capaciti
391. ter the vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off e Make sure to fuel the vehicle with quality fuel Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and can cause stalling after start up stalling when the vehicle is changed into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up If one or more of these conditions occurs change the fuel brand used It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 If none of the above have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle The dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed 3 41 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on the vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent getting a vehicle registration Here are some things to know to help the vehicle pass an inspection e The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on with the engine running or if the key is in ON RUN and the light is not on e The vehicle will not pass th
392. th ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear 5 62 Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 73 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information lab
393. the braking skid Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because headlamps can only light up so much road ahead Watch for animals e When tired pull off the road e Do not wear sunglasses e Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps e Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly ap
394. ther CD can be loaded The CD player takes up to six CDs To load more than one CD but less than six complete Steps 1 through 3 When finished loading CDs press the LOAD button to cancel the loading function The radio begins to play the last CD loaded If more than one CD has been loaded a number for each CD displays 3 89 Playing a Specific Loaded CD For every CD loaded a number displays To play a specific CD press the numbered pushbutton that corresponds to the CD A small bar appears under the CD number that is playing and the track number displays A Eject Press to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release To eject multiple CDs 1 Press and hold the amp button for two seconds The radio beeps once and the indicator light located to the right of the slot begins to flash and EJECT ALL displays 2 Once the light stops flashing REMOVE CD displays The CD ejects and can be removed Once the CD is removed the indicator light begins flashing again and another CD ejects To stop ejecting the CDs press the LOAD or the amp button 3 90 If the CD is not removed after 25 seconds the CD is automatically pulled back into the player If a CD is pushed back into the player before the 25 second time period is complete the player senses an error and tries to eject the CD several times before stopping Do not repeatedly press the amp button to eject a CD after tryin
395. tic Weatherstrip Lubricant Transmission Transmission Fluid GM Part No U S 3634770 Weatherstrip in Canada 10953518 or Key Lock _ Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease Cylinders GM Part No U S 12346241 GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 10953474 in Canada 992887 Hood Latch Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 Latch Pivots in Canada 992723 or lubricant Spring meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Anchor and Category LB or GC LB Release Pawl Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Maintenance Replacement Parts rn dSCGM Part Number ACDeico Part Number Ave1aC n2962 PrATC Pras O92 4 101 41 992 Wiper Blades 22 0 inches 55 0 cm Engine Drive Belt Routing 5 3L V8 Engine 3 8L V6 Engine 6 14 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Servic
396. tics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know Koa UN oa alte DA 5 Ss X W Q S Seo Sy Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this
397. til the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam 5 49 Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 8 Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the Stoplamps and Back up Lamps incorrect headlamp aim To replace a taillamp turn signal sidemarker stoplamp 9 Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite or back up lamp bulb headlamp 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 Bulb Replacement 2 Remove the convenience net For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 53 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer 5 50 3 Turn the four plastic wing nuts retaining the trunk trim counterclockwise There are two wing nuts located on the driver side shown and two located on the passenger side of the vehicle 4 Pull back the trunk trim 6 Turn the two wing nuts counterclockwise and remove them Pull out the taillamp assembly and disconnect the wiring harness 5 51 12 Push the tai
398. tivate the garage door To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 3 of Programming the Universal Home Remote System Do not repeat Step 2 as this will erase all previous programming from the Universal Home Remote buttons 2 45 Gate Operator and Canadian Programming If you have questions or need help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 800 355 3515 or go to www homelink com Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for Universal Home Remote to pick up the signal during programming Similarly some U S gate operators are manufactured to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming Universal Home Remote procedures regardless of where you live replace Step 4 under Programming Universal Home Remote with the following Continue to press and hold the Universal Home Remote button while you press and release every two seconds cycle the hand held transmitter button until the frequency signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Home Remote The Universal Home Remote indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly Proceed with Step 5 under Programming Universal Home Remote to complete 2 46 Using Universal Home Remote
399. tive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the fuse block cover to its original position Headlamp Aiming The vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted 5 47 It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described The vehicle should be Placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall On a perfectly level surface which is level all the way to the wall Be placed so it is at a right angle to the wall Clear of any snow ice or mud on it Be fully assembled with the tires properly inflated and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done Be normally loaded with a full tank of
400. top scanning If the radio cannot find the desired category NOT FOUND displays and the radio returns to the last station that was being listened to Radio Messages CALIBRATE The audio system has been calibrated for the vehicle from the factory If CALIBRATE displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for the vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer retailer for service 3 88 LOCKED If LOCKED displays it means the THEFTLOCK system has locked up Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a Satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in the vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 98 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD begins playing To insert a CD w
401. ts Notice lf extra inhibitors and or additives are used in the vehicle s cooling system the vehicle could be damaged Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 for more information Checking Coolant The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant recovery tank If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant recovery tank but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done DEX COOL The coolant recovery tank is located in the engine compartment toward the rear of the engine on the passenger side of the vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with the 5 3L engine the coolant recovery tank is located in the engine compartment toward the rear of the engine on the driver side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line or a little higher The COLD FILL line is near the bottom of the recovery tank and has an arrow pointing down at it 5 27 How to Add Coolant to the Recovery Tank A CAUTION Y
402. ts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking The vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When parts of the braking system are replaced for example when the brake linings wear down and new ones are installed be sure to get new approved replacement parts If this is not done the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for the vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed Battery This vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling If the battery has a very low charge or is dead it might not be possible to remove the ignition key from the ignition switch or shift out of P Park See Shifting Out of Park on page 2 31 Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not care
403. ty Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 27 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 60 Mea Belt aen chant orecee eect a canataecatnsaa ta 1 28 Passenger Sensing System s s sser 1 62 Safety Belt Extender c ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 1 29 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 66 Child Restraints cc ceceseeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 a aa to Your Airbag Equipped 1 67 Older Children cccccc cece ee ee eens eneneneaeaeaes 1 29 Bes te ef ee a ee Infants and Young Children 0 0ccccceceeeeeesees 1 33 Restraint System Check EAAS EE E 1 68 Child Restraint Systems ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 37 Checking the Restraint Systems 00 1 68 Where to Put the Restraint ceeeeeeeeees 1 40 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash 2ccievicvicieitvicoessidshiantiidees 1 69 1 1 Front Seats Power Seats 1 2 Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar If the vehicle has power seats the controls used to operate them are located on the outboard side of the seats To adjust the seat do any of the following e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down e Raise or lower the entire seat by moving th
404. uckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 1 52 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit see If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint under Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for more information To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger e A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap e A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back the passenger seated directly behind the right into the retractor When installing a forward facing front passenger child restraint it may be helpful to use your knee All of the airbags in the vehicle will have the word to push down on the child restraint as you tighten AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label the belt near the deployment opening 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on directions to be sure it is secure the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger on the instrument
405. um 20 ampere rating When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter The vehicle may have a removable ashtray and cigarette lighter The cigarette lighter may be located under the climate control system The removable ashtray can be placed into the front console cupholder Notice f papers pins or other flammable items are put in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray To use the cigarette lighter push it in all the way and let go When the heating element is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Climate Controls Climate Control System With this system the heating cooling and ventilation can be controlled For vehicles with the remote start feature and it is activated the climate control system automatically cools the vehicle if the temperature is greater than 90 F 32 C and heats the vehicle if the temperature is below 37 F 3 C If the temperatu
406. under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 74 For vehicles with a content theft deterrent system pressing A may disarm it See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 17 Remote Trunk Release Press and hold for about one second to unlock the trunk The transmission must be in P Park Panic Alarm Press to activate the alarm The headlamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly for two minutes The alarm turns off when the ignition is moved to ON RUN or 4 is pressed again The ignition must be in LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY for the alarm to work Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer retailer When the replacement transmitter is programmed to the vehicle all remaining transmitters must also be programmed Any lost or stolen transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed Each vehicle can have up to four transmitters programmed to it Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the KEY FOB BATT LOW message displays in the DIC See KEY FOB BATTERY LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 56 for additional information Notice When replacing the battery do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter Static from your body could damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 Separate the transmitter with a flat thin
407. urn the jack handle clockwise to raise the jack The front location is about 6 5 inches 16 5 cm lift head from the rear edge of the front wheel well The rear location is about 9 inches 22 8 cm from the front edge of the rear wheel well 5 82 A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 4 Put the compact spare tire near you Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground for the compact spare tire to fit under the vehicle Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire 5 83 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When changing a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 7 R
408. use the lower gears only when necessary See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 26 This light along with the TRACTION CONTROL OFF message will display briefly on the DIC when TCS is not on If there is a problem with the system the SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM message will also come on in the DIC When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust driving accordingly To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions TCS should always be left on But the system can be turned off if needed TCS should be turned off if the vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 20 and If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 19 To turn TCS on or off press the TCS button located above the radio When TCS is turned off the TCS warning light will come on along with the TRACTION CONTROL OFF message on the DIC It will turn off when TCS is turned back on If TCS is limiting wheel spin when the TCS button is pressed the TCS warning light will come on and TCS will turn off right away Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect the vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Enhanced Traction System ETS The vehicle may have an Enhanced Traction System ETS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions
409. usly set speed SET Press to set the speed or make the vehicle decelerate Bi Cancel Press to cancel cruise control Setting Cruise Control Cruise control will not work if the parking brake is set or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low The cruise control light on the instrument panel cluster comes on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed See nstrument Panel Cluster on page 3 31 A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control 1 Press the Y button 2 Get up to the desired speed 3 Press and release the SET button located on the steering wheel 4 Take your foot off the accelerator Resuming a Set Speed If cruise control is set at a desired speed and the brakes are applied this shuts off the cruise control However it does not need to be reset Once your vehicle reaches a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES button on the steering wheel The vehicle goes back to the previously selected speed and stays there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control To increase the cruise speed while using cruise control e Press and hold the RES button on the steering wheel until the desired speed is reached then release it e To increase
410. utton adjusted to a higher or lower position located on the instrument panel to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off This warns l The lever used to tilt the others that you are having trouble steering wheel is located on the left side of the Press A again to turn the flashers off steering column Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn To tilt the wheel pull the lever towards you move the wheel to a comfortable position and then release the lever to lock the wheel in place Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Telescoping Column If the vehicle has a telescoping column on the steering wheel it adjusts the distance of the steering wheel to the driver without having to move the driver s seat The lever that makes this adjustment is located on the left side of the steering column and behind the tilt lever if the vehicle has this feature To adjust the steering wheel pull the steering wheel column lever down and push or pull the steering wheel to a comfortable position Then pull the lever up to lock the wheel in place Do not drive the vehicle unless the telescoping column is locked Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Turn and Lane Change Signals ZD Headlamp High Low Beam Changer W Windshield Wipers A Windshield Washer Flash to Pas
411. vehicle s front wheels It is the best position to use when the engine is started because the vehicle cannot move easily 2 26 Make sure the shift lever is fully in P Park before starting the engine The vehicle has an electronic shift lock release system You must fully apply the brakes before shifting from P Park when the ignition is in ON RUN If you cannot shift out of P Park ease pressure on the shift lever by pushing it all the way into P Park as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park on page 2 31 Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped R Reverse Use this gear to back up To rock the vehicle back and forth in order to get it out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission see lf Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 19 N Neutral In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart the engine when the vehicle is moving use N Neutral only Also use N Neutral when the vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or ob
412. vehicle speed in small increments press the RES button Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control To reduce your speed while using cruise control e Press and hold the SET button on the steering wheel until the desired lower speed is reached then release it e To slow down in very small amounts press the SET button on the steering wheel briefly Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down If the brakes are applied the cruise control will turn off Ending Cruise Control There are three ways to end cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal e Press the button on the steering wheel e Press the K button on the steering wheel Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set soeed memory is erased by turning off the cruise control or the ignition Exterior Lamps The contr
413. vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Notice lf your vehicle has a tire size other than P225 55R17 or P235 50R18 size tires use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle 5 77 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires
414. veryone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 33 for more information including important safety information 1 64 If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove the child restraint from the vehicle 3 Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 4 Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 50 5 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit turn the vehicle off Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion if adjustable to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 6 6
415. vided to change a flat tire with the spare tire The spare tire if equipped must be in good condition and properly inflated It is the owner s responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty Battery Jump Start Service is provided to jump start a dead battery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km Powertrain warranty period Items considered are hotel meals and rental car Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance Impound towing caused by violation of any laws Legal fines Mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Towing or services for vehicles driven on a non public road or highway Services Specific to Canadian Purchased Vehicles Fuel delivery Reimbursement is approximately 5 Canadian Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service Lock Out Service Vehicle registration is required Trip Routing Service Detailed maps of North America are provided when requested either with the most direct route or the most scenic route There is a six request limit per year Additional travel information is also available Allow three weeks for delivery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Must be over 250 kilometres from where
416. warning light should turn off See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 8 e Ifthe system is affected by an engine related problem the system will turn off and the warning light will come on If the light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on the vehicle needs service 3 37 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light This light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle oo If it does not have the vehicle serviced by the dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light goes off Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause the vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 32 The vehicle s engine could be damaged and it might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated If this happens pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 32 for more information 3 38 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage The vehicle has a gage that shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves towards the shaded in thermostat the engine is too hot This reading indicates the same thing as the warning light It means that the engine coolant has overheated If the vehicle has been operating under normal driving c
417. wer door lock switch of either front door the red light if your vehicle has one will start flashing at a fast rate indicating that the system is arming After all the doors are locked there will be a time delay and then the red light if your vehicle has one will begin to flash at a very slow rate indicating the system is armed Arming with the RKE Transmitter The alarm system will arm when the RKE transmitter is used to lock the doors after the key is removed from the ignition The red light if your vehicle has one will come on to indicate that the system is arming After all doors are closed and locked and after a time delay the red light if your vehicle has one will begin flashing at a very slow rate to show the system is armed Arming Confirmation Your vehicle may have a red light located on top of the instrument panel towards the center of the vehicle and near the windshield that will flash slowly to confirm when the system is armed Disarming with the RKE Transmitter The alarm system will disarm when the RKE transmitter is used to unlock the doors The red light if your vehicle has one will go out to show that the system is disarmed Disarming with Your Key The alarm system will disarm when the key is used to unlock the doors The red light if your vehicle has one will stop flashing when the system is disarmed If you would like the key to disarm the alarm system see CONTENT THEFT under DIC Vehicl
418. y Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the programmed keys are lost or do not operate see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key III to have keys made and programmed to the system To program the new key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has PK3 stamped on it 2 Insert the master key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to ON RUN within five seconds of removing the original key 2 20 5 The SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM warning message on the DIC will turn off once the key has been programmed It may not be apparent that the SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM warning message went on due to how quickly the key is programmed 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If the SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM warning message appears and stays on the DIC while the vehicle is being driven the engine will be able to be restarted if it is turned off Your PASS Key III system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer The vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key III system at this time If the PASS Key III key is lost or stolen see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service
419. y weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on the vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on the vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on the vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamoi
420. y concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your GM dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S contact the Buick Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 521 7300 In Canada contact General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Buick please remember that your concern will likely be
421. y on for 30 seconds 3 76 60 seconds The exterior lamps will stay on for 60 seconds 90 seconds The exterior lamps will stay on for 90 seconds To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC INT Interior LIGHTS KEYS REMOVED This feature enables the interior lamps in the vehicle to turn on for about 25 seconds after the key is removed from the ignition Press the option button until INT LIGHTS KEYS REMOVED appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to scroll through the following settings OFF Removing the key from the ignition will not cause the interior lamps to turn on ON default Removing the key from the ignition will cause the interior lamps to be turned on for about 25 seconds To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the option button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC DELAYED LOCKING This feature allows the locking of the vehicle to be delayed until all of the doors have been closed for about five seconds When the delayed locking feature is enabled it may be activated when the key is out of the ignition by doing one of the following e Pressing the driver door power lock switch one time while the driver door is open e Pressing the passenger door power lock switch one time while the passenger door is open e Pressing the lock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE
422. your trip was started to qualify General Motors of Canada Limited requires pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair orders Once authorization has been received the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment Alternative Service If assistance cannot be provided right away the Roadside Assistance advisor may give you permission to get local emergency road service You will receive payment up to 100 after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance Mechanical failures may be covered however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests you to bring the vehicle for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To

caution - GM Canada

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents